MARS 2 Operating Table
Service Manual
Translation of the original German service manual
CE mark: This is a Class I medical product according to the European Medical Device
Directive (MDD 93/42/EEC) and is compliant with the Directive version currently in force at
the time of product sale.
Conformity: The manufacturer declares conformity of this product with the essential
requirements indicated in Appendix I, MDD, as well as the performance of a conformity
evaluation procedure required for class I products according to Appendix VII, MDD and has
documented such with the CE mark.
Manufacturer and
distributor
TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG
Carl–Zeiss–Straße 7–9
07318 Saalfeld
Germany
www.trumpf.com
Distribution
TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG
Carl–Zeiss–Straße 7–9
07318 Saalfeld
Germany
Telephone +49 3671 586–0
Fax
+49 3671 586–41166
Technical
Telephone +49 3671 586–0
Customer Service Fax
+49 3671 586–41175
E-mail
Service.med@de.trumpf.com
We are constantly developing our products.
We therefore reserve the right to make changes to the scope of the delivery with respect to the format, equipment
and technology at any time.
Reprinting, copying or translating this document, in whole or in part, is forbidden without the express written
permission of TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG!
All rights under the copyright laws are expressly reserved by TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG.
Within the bounds of the legal requirements, the manufacturer is only then responsible for the technical safety
characteristics of this apparatus if the maintenance, repairs and modifications to this apparatus are performed by
him or by someone appointed by him and in accordance with his instructions.
© TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG
Revision level: 2013–09–19
This User Manual applies to the following sales units:
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Designation
Item no.
MARS 2.01 operating table
1380094
MARS 2.01 115 operating table
1502693
MARS 2.01 M operating table
1429728
MARS 2.01 T operating table
1429737
MARS 2.01 T 115 operating table
1502720
MARS 2.01 operating table
0387610
MARS 2.01 S operating table
0387611
MARS 2.01 V operating table
0387612
MARS 2.02 operating table
1380095
MARS 2.02 115 operating table
1502694
MARS 2.02 M operating table
1429729
MARS 2.02 T operating table
1429739
MARS 2.02 T 115 operating table
1502721
MARS 2.02 operating table
0387620
MARS 2.02 S operating table
0387621
MARS 2.02 V operating table
0387622
MARS 2.03 operating table
1380096
MARS 2.03 115 operating table
1502695
MARS 2.03 M operating table
1429730
MARS 2.03 T operating table
1429740
MARS 2.03 T 115 operating table
1502722
MARS 2.03 operating table
0387630
MARS 2.03 S operating table
0387631
MARS 2.03 V operating table
0387632
MARS 2.04 operating table
1380097
MARS 2.04 115 operating table
1502696
MARS 2.04 M operating table
1429731
MARS 2.04 T operating table
1429741
MARS 2.04 T 115 operating table
1502726
MARS 2.04 operating table
0387640
MARS 2.04 S operating table
0387641
MARS 2.04 V operating table
0387642
MARS 2.05 operating table
1380198
MARS 2.05 115 operating table
1502697
Designation
Item no.
MARS 2.05 M operating table
1429732
MARS 2.05 T operating table
1429742
MARS 2.05 T 115 operating table
1502727
MARS 2.05 operating table
0387650
MARS 2.05 S operating table
0387651
MARS 2.05 V operating table
0387652
MARS 2.06 operating table
1380199
MARS 2.06 115 operating table
1502698
MARS 2.06 M operating table
1429736
MARS 2.06 T operating table
1429733
MARS 2.06 T 115 operating table
1502728
MARS 2.06 operating table
0387660
MARS 2.06 S operating table
0387661
MARS 2.06 V operating table
0387662
MARS 2.07 operating table
1380200
MARS 2.07 115 operating table
1502699
MARS 2.07 M operating table
1421057
MARS 2.07 T operating table
1429734
MARS 2.07 T 115 operating table
1502729
MARS 2.08 operating table
1380201
MARS 2.08 T operating table
1429735
MARS 2.11 operating table
1645537
MARS 2.11 115 operating table
1687504
MARS 2.11 T operating table
1645538
MARS 2.11 T 115 operating table
1687506
MARS 2.11 operating table
0387690
MARS 2.11 S operating table
0387691
MARS 2.11 V operating table
0387692
Cable remote control MARS 2 BM *1
Cable remote control MARS 2 BE
*2
1416569
1411554
Cable remote control MARS 2 BE U *3
1416568
Cable remote control MARS 2 FA *4
1409407
IR remote control MARS 2 BM
*1
IR remote control MARS 2 BE *2
IR remote control MARS 2 BE U
1416572
1411553
*3
1416571
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Designation
Item no.
IR remote control MARS 2 FA *4
1409406
Charging unit mobile 230
4544122
Charging unit mobile 115
4500122
Wall-fitting charging unit 230
4544123
Wall-fitting charging unit 115
4500123
Wall-fitting charging unit 24
4544139
Charging unit IR DVE 230
1314349
Charging unit IR DVE 115
1283947
Charging unit, panel mounted
1220519
*1
*2
*3
*4
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
for MARS 2.01/2.02 operating table
for MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07 operating table
for MARS 2.08 operating table
for MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11 operating table
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Contents
Contents
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
1.6
Important Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Explanation of symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Scrap disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Protection against infection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Environmental protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2
Inspection Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Preparatory Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repair site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools, measuring instruments, equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Emergency Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.15.1
5.15.2
5.15.3
5.16
5.17
5.18
5.19
5.20
5.21
Repair Guide for the Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the power from the operating table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal power supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal covers (without membrane keyboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal cover with membrane keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion bellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connection unit’s operating unit, head end (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11) . .
Connection unit’s operating unit, head end (MARS 2.07/2.08) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connection unit’s operating unit, foot end (MARS 2.02-2.06, MARS 2.11) . . .
Connection unit’s operating unit, foot end (MARS 2.07/2.08). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Membrane keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lifting motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trendelenburg motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilting motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toothed belt (main drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lifting unit limit switches, MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trendelenburg limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
6.1
Repair Guide for the Tabletop MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Plastic plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
12
12
12
13
15
15
16
17
19
21
23
26
28
30
32
34
35
36
37
39
39
42
45
48
52
53
55
57
60
1
Contents
2
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
6.14
6.15
6.16
6.17
6.18
6.19
6.20
6.21
6.22
6.23
6.24
6.25
Leg section (LS) gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Leg section (LS) motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Leg section (LS) toothed belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Leg section (LS) joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.01-2.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.01-2.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.01-2.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.11). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Back section (BS) joint and its components (MARS 2.01-2.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Back section (BS) joint (MARS 2.11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Back section strut (MARS 2.01-2.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Energy chain (not MARS 2.01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Locking unit (not MARS 2.01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Distributor board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton (not MARS 2.01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
OR adapter sensor MARS 2.01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
OR adapter sensor (not MARS 2.01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Leg section (LS) END sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Back section (BS) END sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Leg section (LS) reference (REF) sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Leg section (LS) -35° END sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.15
7.16
7.17
7.18
7.19
7.20
Repair Guide for the Tabletop MARS 2.07/2.08. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plastic plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back section (BS) gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back section (BS) motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back section (BS) toothed belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back section (BS) joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat section extension (SSE) gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat section extension (SSE) motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat section extension (SSE) strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locking unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distributor board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OR adapter sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat section extension (SSE) END sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back section (BS) END sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat section extension (SSE) reference (REF) sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat section extension (SSE) -75° END sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back section (BS) -55° END sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
8.1
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Trendelenburg limit switch group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
131
131
132
136
139
143
145
148
151
154
157
159
162
165
168
170
173
177
180
183
186
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Contents
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
8.11
8.12
8.13
Inclination sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Leg section (LS) END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Back section (BS) END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11) . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Seat section extension (SSE) END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Back section (BS) END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Leg section (LS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11). . . . . 196
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11) . . . 197
Seat section extension (SSE) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08) . . . . 198
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Leg section (LS) -35° END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11). . . . . . . . . 200
Seat section extension (SSE) -75° END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08) . . . . . . . . 201
Back section (BS) -55° END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
“Service tool” PC software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure the electronic unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copying the parameters for the electronic unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data for the electronic unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
Repair Guide for the Running Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Mains socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Power supply fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Battery fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Castor with locking device MARS 2.01/2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Castor with locking device MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Front castor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Rear castor MARS 2.01/2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Rear castor MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Brake Bowden cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.01/2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08 . . . . . . . . . . 225
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Directional travel switch cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08 . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Foot lever MARS 2.01/2.02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Rest cam MARS 2.01/2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.01/2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Jacking up switch MARS 2.01/2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Jacking up switch cable MARS 2.01/2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Jacking unit MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Hall sensor circuit board MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Toothed belt travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Drive roller MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Travelling drive motor MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
11
11.1
11.2
Additional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Cable Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Infrared Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
203
203
204
205
3
Contents
4
11.3
Charging Unit for IR Remote Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
12
Components with Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
13
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.3.1
13.3.2
13.3.3
Maintenance and Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance protocol contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of parts subject to wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tabletop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Circuit Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
15
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
266
266
268
269
269
270
272
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Important Information
1
Important Information
1.1
General information
Repairs may only be carried out by TRUMPF service technicians or
by persons trained and authorized by TRUMPF.
Please follow these instructions exactly, and follow all the specified
repair steps. We would be grateful to receive any corrections to the
description of the repair or suggestions for improving the efficiency
of the repair.
Only perform those repairs and settings described in these
instructions, or those which you have been trained to do. Repairs
not described in these instructions may only be made after
consultation with TRUMPF Technical Customer Service or by
TRUMPF themselves.
Unauthorized and provisional repairs are not permitted, even if a
customer asks for them. All applicable laws, legal regulations and
standards must be observed and complied with.
Only use original spare parts specified by TRUMPF as spare parts.
Replace all defective parts and those which are not clearly in good
working order with original spare parts, including those parts
going beyond the repair order.
After repairs have been completed, return all cables to their
original positions, make sure that there are no points where cables
are subject to shear stresses or crushing. After every repair, check
all electrical connections again against the circuit diagram before
making a functional test. A functional check/test must be made
after all repairs and settings as required by these instructions or
applicable standards. Check the positions of the cables again
during and after motion sequences.
Only hand the device over to the customer after it has been
tested and found to be in full working order. The handover
must be made in writing with confirmation by the customer.
The functional condition must be demonstrated to the
customer.
Please refer to the user manual for the intended use and operation
of the operating table.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
5
Important Information
Please contact our Technical Customer Service in Saalfeld if you
have any questions or suggestions.
TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG
Technical Customer Service
Carl–Zeiss–Straße 7–9
07318 Saalfeld
Germany
1.2
Telephone
+49 3671 586–0
Fax
+49 3671 586–41175
e-mail
Service.med@de.trumpf.com
Internet
www.trumpf.com
Explanation of symbols
Important information in this repair manual is marked with
symbols and keywords.
Keywords such as DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION indicate
the level of danger involved. The symbols emphasise the message
visually. Additional symbols can indicate injury hazards or danger
to life and limb.
The measures to prevent danger arising must be implemented
without fail.
DANGER
Danger to life and limb (for example electric
shock)!
Notice indicating an immediately impending hazard which will
cause death or serious injuries if the appropriate precautionary
measures are not taken.
WARNING
Danger to life and limb!
Notice indicating an immediately impending hazard which may
cause death or serious injuries if the appropriate precautionary
measures are not taken.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries (for example a risk of crushing)!
Notice indicating a possible hazard which may cause slight or
moderately severe injuries or property damage if the appropriate
precautionary measures are not taken.
6
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Important Information
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Notice indicating a possible hazard which may cause property
damage if the appropriate precautionary measures are not taken.
NOTE
Useful additional information and tips
TEST
Performance of functional tests, measurements and tests.
ENVIRONMENT
Notes concerning disposal in ways which do not harm the
environment.
1.3
Liability
TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG IS LIABLE ONLY for
reliable and proper functionality of the operating table IF:
• assembly, modification, and repairs are performed by TRUMPF
service technicians or by TRUMPF-authorised, -trained and
-certified personnel.
• the operating table has been properly used, as per the MARS 2
Operating Table instruction manual
1.4
Scrap disposal
Operating table, accessories and packaging must be recycled in
an environmentally friendly fashion. Disposal, including that of
individual parts, must be environmentally friendly, i. e., in
accordance with the legal regulations currently in force. For
information on properly disposing of old equipment, please
contact either Technical Customer Service at TRUMPF, your local
sales representative or the appropriate federal agency. TRUMPF
Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG will take back your old
equipment or products that are defective or no longer used. Please
contact Technical Customer Service in Saalfeld for more
information. Return rechargeable batteries that are no longer
useable to TRUMPF or your local sales representative for
environmentally friendly disposal.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
7
Important Information
1.5
Safety instructions
1.5.1
General information
• Clothing must be worn in such a way that it cannot get caught
in machinery etc. Button or roll up the sleeves of shirts and
jackets. Tie long hair together or tie it up. Tuck the ends of
scarves, ties and shawls into the clothing or secure them. Loose
clothing can be a source of danger.
Wear protective goggles when doing work that could endanger
the eyes (e. g. soldering work, removing springs or securing
devices under tension, knocking pins and similar parts in and
out).
• Do not perform any actions that could endanger persons or
could render the device a source of danger.
• Casings and other parts of devices that are removed during
work must be put in a safe place. Always put tools and
dismounted parts in places where no one could trip or fall over
them. Any nuts, bolts or other small parts that fall into column
modules must be removed.
Keep the area around the device clean and tidy during and
after repair work.
• After finishing the work, replace or renew all protective devices,
such as:
- covers
- cable binders, cable holders
- cable shieldings
- ground and potential equalization connections
- ground connections.
Check that the potential equalization and grounding lines
have been connected according to the currently valid
standards.
• Only use solid rosin flux for brazing work.
• Bolts and screws with an M4 or larger thread must be fixated
with medium strength screw fixing lacquer (red).
8
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Important Information
1.5.2
Protection against infection
• Danger of infection in the entire hospital.
Comply with all safety measures, rules of conduct and
hygiene requirements. Comply with the requirements of
the medical facility for protection against infection.
• Only perform maintenance and repair work on disinfected
operating tables. The disinfection is carried out by the medical
facility.
• Only perform work in the operating area with the
corresponding authorization.
• Consult a doctor immediately any health problems occur. Tell
your doctor that you have been working in hazardous areas,
even several months later.
Preventative measures
• Ask your doctor about possible hazards and protective
measures against them in your work as a service technician.
• After obtaining medical advice, have yourself inoculated
against hepatitis B.
Have a booster inoculation every 3 to 5 years. The incubation
period for hepatitis B ranges from one to six months.
1.5.3
Environmental protection
• Materials must be disposed of in an environmentally
compatible way, and in accordance with the nationally
applicable disposal guidelines.
• Comply with the recycling obligations for dismounted
components, in particular for:
- batteries
- circuit boards
- cables
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
9
Important Information
1.6
Glossary
The following terms and abbreviations are used in this repair
manual:
BS
Back section
LS
Leg section
SS
Seat section
SSE
Seat section extension
LD
Longitudinal displacement
SP
Spare part
IR
Infrared
RC
Remote control
Head end
Back section joint end (battery
compartment)
Foot end
Leg section joint end (power socket)
Right side
MARS 2.01 - 2.06, MARS 2.11
Side of operating table without
membrane keypad
MARS 2.07/2.08
Side of operating table with membrane
keypad
Left side
MARS 2.01 - 2.06, MARS 2.11
Side of operating table with membrane
keypad
MARS 2.07/2.08
Side of operating table without
membrane keypad
10
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Inspection Requirements
2
Inspection Requirements
As the medical products from TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH +
Co. KG are distributed worldwide, uniform guidelines for electrical
retesting should be used.
According to the DIN EN 60601-1 standard, the limit values
according to the CF classification apply when testing the
application parts. Depending on the model, the electric operating
tables from TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG only
receive one application part with B classification.
Furthermore, the TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG
product-specific prescribed retests and safety checks are
obligatory.
Germany
International
In Germany, the initial testing
and retesting of electrical
devices is regulated by the
German Accident Prevention
regulation BGV A3.
VDE 0751-1 is the standard
that regulates the retesting of
electrical medical devices. The
specifications for our medical
products based on the abovereferenced standard
VDE 0751-1 are therefore
primarily in accordance with
DIN EN 60601-1.
In countries with different
national legislation, the
country-specific standards and
guidelines for the retesting of
electrical medical devices are
mandatory.
All maintenance work is to be performed once a year using the
maintenance log, taking the list of components subject to wear
and the lubrication chart (see chapter 13 “Maintenance and
Repair” page 266) into account.
Conduct a complete functional test after service work is
completed.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
11
Preparatory Work
3
Preparatory Work
3.1
Repair site
Read Section 1 “Important Information” from page 5.
Be aware of the hygienic conditions at the place of work, and
consult the responsible doctor in cases of uncertainty about
protection against infection.
Only make repairs if your protection against infection is assured.
3.2
Tools, measuring instruments, equipment
Tools
Basic equipment:
- Set of mechanic’s tools
- Hot-air gun (hair dryer)
- Battery screwdriver
Special tools:
- Pin remover
- Open-jawed spanner 10 (ground)
12
Measuring
instruments
TRUMPF Medizin Systems measuring instruments (specifically for
servicing the MARS)
- Feeler gauge 0.2 mm/narrow
- Mulco SM4 strand tension gauge
Equipment
-
Adhesive Scotch Weld 110DP
Instant adhesive
Cable binders
Medium strength screw fixing lacquer
Fixing lacquer for sensors
Double-sided adhesive tape
Wooden spacer (for working on lifting motor)
Spirit of wine (degreaser)
Spindle grease (order from TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH +
Co. KG)
- Wooden spacers 3 mm
- Screw clamp (for working on the MARS gas-pressure spring
2.03/2.04/2.05/2.06/2.07/2.08/2.11)
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Preparatory Work
3.3
Operating table
Always prepare the operating table according to the following
work steps before starting repair work:
1.
CAUTION
Danger of infection!
Before beginning work, obtain confirmation from the
medical facility, that all the necessary measures for
protection against infection have been taken.
2.
Remove all section segments and accessories from the
tabletop, and put them in a safe place.
3.
Return the operating table to the zero position.
4.
Return all tabletop adjustments and joints to their zero
positions.
5.
CAUTION
Risk of tipping over!
Brake the operating table.
Brake the running gear (MARS 2.01/2.02) or jack up the
operating table (MARS 2.03/2.04/2.05/2.06/2.07/2.08/
2.11).
Do not make any changes to the position of the operating table
during repair work unless they are expressly specified.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
13
Emergency Operation
4
Emergency Operation
Various electronic components used for operating table control
(e. g., the processor) have a redundant design in order to improve
the availability of the operating table. A failure in a processor will
be detected by the control, and the table will automatically switch
to emergency mode.
The EMERGENCY OPERATION indicator will flash red, and
the FAULT indicator will show a steady red light.
During emergency operation, all positioning movements are
carried out at half the speed, and an audible signal will be heard
during every travelling motion.
CAUTION
Danger of collisions.
Limit switches will not be monitored. Do not move to any extreme
or limit position.
The emergency mode may also be activated manually in an
emergency if the operating table shows any untypical behaviour,
e. g., when certain positioning movements cannot be performed
or are overly restricted due to a sensor failure.
+
14
To do so, press both the ON and the EMERGENCY OPERATION
buttons on the column keypad at the same time for approx.
10 seconds. Several short audible signals will be heard until the
emergency mode is acknowledged by a long beep. The
EMERGENCY OPERATION indicator flashes red continuously.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Remove the power from the operating table
5
Repair Guide for the Column
5.1
Remove the power from the operating table
1.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
2.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
Figure 1
Running gear - battery compartment
1 Cover battery compartment
2 Cover plate
3
4
Battery
Fuse
3.
Carefully remove the cover from the battery compartment [1] on the running gear, and
put it down in a safe place.
4.
Remove the cover plate [2] (4 countersunk screws), and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Remove and safely put down the both battery fuses [4].
6.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries [3].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
15
Internal power supply
5.2
Internal power supply
Figure 2
16
Running gear - battery compartment
1 Battery compartment cover
2 Cover plate
3
4
Battery
Fuse
1.
Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries [3].
2.
Insert both battery fuses [4].
3.
Mount the cover plate [2] (4 countersunk screws).
4.
Put the battery compartment cover [1] on the running gear.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Metal covers (without membrane keyboard)
5.3
Metal covers (without membrane keyboard)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
1
3
2
5
4
Figure 3
Cladding
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows (shown in gray)
4
5
Other cladding components
M3 countersunk screw
5.
Unscrew the two topmost metal covers [1]/[2] from each other (4 countersunk
screws [5]).
6.
Lift the expansion bellows’ edge [3]; remove the metal cover without the membrane
keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws on the top edge) and store safely.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
When removing the upper metal cover, there is a possibility that the remaining
cladding components are already unhooked and slip downwards!
7.
Unhook the remaining cladding components [4] and guide them downwards.
8.
Remove the metal covers from outside, segment by segment (each one: 4 countersunk
screws; lowermost metal cover: 6 countersunk screws).
9.
Assemble the new metal covers, segment by segment, starting from the inside towards
the outside.
10. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
17
Metal covers (without membrane keyboard)
11. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
12. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
18
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Metal cover with membrane keyboard
5.4
Metal cover with membrane keyboard
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
3
2
7
5
6
4
Figure 4
Cladding
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows (shown in gray)
4 other cladding components
5
6
7
MEMBRANE KEYBOARD flat ribbon cable
Electronics
M3 countersunk screw
4.
Unscrew the two topmost metal covers [1]/[2] from each other (4 countersunk
screws [7]).
5.
Lift the expansion bellows’ edge [3]; remove the metal cover without the membrane
keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws on the top edge) and store safely.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
When removing the upper metal cover, there is a possibility that the remaining
cladding components are already unhooked and slip downwards!
6.
Unhook the remaining cladding components [4] and guide them downwards.
7.
Take note of where the flat ribbon cable has been laid!
Remove the MEMBRANE KEYBOARD flat ribbon cable [5] from the electronic unit [6].
8.
Remove the metal cover with membrane keyboard [2] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge).
9.
Install the new metal cover with membrane keyboard.
10. Make sure that the flat ribbon cable is in its original installation position!
Connect the flat ribbon cable MEMBRANE KEYBOARD [5].
11. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
19
Metal cover with membrane keyboard
12. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
13. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
14. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions using the membrane keyboard.
20
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Head cover
5.5
Head cover
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
1
2
3
4
5
Figure 5
Head cover
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3 M8 ball-head
4
5
Head cover
M4 fillister-head screw
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them down in a safe place.
7.
NOTE
Do not let any parts fall into the column.
Remove the head cover [4] (4 fillister-head screws [5]), and put them down in a safe
place.
8.
Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the new head cover [4] carefully on the tabletop.
9.
Screw tight the head cover [4] (4 fillister-head screws [5]).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
21
Head cover
10. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
11. Press the pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
12. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
22
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Expansion bellows
5.6
Expansion bellows
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
5
7
1
6
3
10
12
11
9
2
8
4
Figure 6
Expansion bellows
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows (shown in gray)
4 Other cladding components
5 Pad
6 Plastic plate
7
8
9
10
11
12
Head cover
M4x6 fillister-head screw
Frame
M6x20 machine screw
Bearing support (tabletop)
M8x20 machine screw
5.
Open the column (see section 5.3 on page 17, work steps 5. to 7.).
6.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
7.
Unscrew the bellows from the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws [8]).
8.
Unscrew the frame [9] from the bellows (12 nuts).
9.
Note the positions of the cables and the pin configuration!
Press the expansion bellows downwards, separate all cable connections to the tabletop
and release the tabletop for removal.
10. Unscrew the tilting motor from the tabletop (4 machine screws [10]).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
23
Expansion bellows
11.
CAUTION
Risk of injury on account of the heavy weight.
Support the tabletop and lift it up from the column with at least 2 people!
Remove 8 machine screws [12] from the bearing block (tabletop) [11]; lift the tabletop
from the column and place it safely on an even surface.
14
13
14
3
9
Figure 7
Expansion bellows
3 Expansion bellows
9 Frame
13 Bellow frame
14 Bellow holder
12. Take note of the mounting position of the bellows!
Carefully remove the expansion bellows [3] with the expansion bellows holder [14] and
frame [9] upwards from the column.
13. Unscrew both expansion bellows holders [14] from the expansion bellows frame [13]
on top of the expansion bellows [3] (15 fillister-head screws) and store safely.
14. Remove frame [9] from the expansion bellows [3] and install on the new expansion
bellows. Make sure that the frame [9] is sitting correctly in the expansion bellows’ edge!
15. Make holes on the expansion bellows at the spots needed for fastening.
16.
CAUTION
Danger of damaging the bellows!
Work with caution and don’t use any tools with sharp edges!
Assemble both expansion bellows holders [14] with expansion bellows frame [13] on
top of the expansion bellows (15 fillister-head screws).
17. Put the bellows back into its original position!
Pull the new bellows carefully over the column head.
18.
CAUTION
Risk of injury on account of the heavy weight.
Lift the tabletop with at least 2 people, and support it during assembly!
24
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Expansion bellows
Lift the tabletop onto the column and install it on the bearing block (tabletop) [11]
(8 machine screws [12]).
19. Assemble the tilting motor onto the tabletop (4 machine screws [10]).
20. Put the cables back into their original positions, and reconnect all cables to the
tabletop (see section 14 on page 273). Fix the cables with cable binders and plastic
clips.
21. Screw the frame [9] of the expansion bellows tightly onto the column’s frame (12 nuts).
22. Screw the expansion bellows tightly onto the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws [8]).
23. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [7] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
24. Remount the plastic plate [6] on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
25. Press the pad [5] onto the 4 ball-heads.
26. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
27. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
28. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
29. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
25
Connection unit’s operating unit, head end (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
5.7
Connection unit’s operating unit, head end (MARS 2.01-2.06,
MARS 2.11)
IR receiver 1 with RS485/232
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
5.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
1
4
2
3
5
Figure 8
Connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT, head end
1 Head cover
2 Distributor board
3 Connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT
4
5
M4x30 countersunk screw
IR gasket
6.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT plug from the distribution printed circuit
board [2], disconnect the leads, and remove the cable binder.
7.
Unscrew the defective connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [3] at the head end of the
column (2 countersunk screws [4]); pull out from the column head towards the outside
and remove.
8.
Remove the IR gasket [5].
9.
Feed in the new connection units OPERATING UNIT’s cable on the column head.
10. Pull a new IR gasket [5] onto the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [3].
11.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Ensure that the IR gasket is in the correct position!
Mount the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [3] to the column head
(2 countersunk screws [4]).
12. Connect the cable leads of the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT to the plug.
26
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Connection unit’s operating unit, head end (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
13. Put the cables back into their original positions, and stick the connection unit’s
OPERATING UNIT plug in the corresponding distribution printed circuit board’s [2]
socket. Fix the cables with cable binders.
14. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [1] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
15. Remount the plastic plate on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
16. Press the pad onto the 4 ball-heads.
17. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
18. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
27
Connection unit’s operating unit, head end (MARS 2.07/2.08)
5.8
Connection unit’s operating unit, head end (MARS 2.07/2.08)
IR receiver 2 with RS485/232
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
5.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
Figure 9
Connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT, head end
1 Head cover
2 Distributor board
3 Clamp plate
4
5
6
Connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT
M4x30 countersunk screw
IR gasket
6.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT plug from the distribution printed circuit
board [2], disconnect the leads, and remove the cable binder.
7.
Remove the clamp plate [3] (2 countersunk screws), and put them down in a safe
place.
8.
Unscrew the defective connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [4] at the head end of the
column head (2 countersunk screws [5]); pull out from the column head towards the
outside, and remove.
9.
Remove the IR gasket [6].
10. Feed in the new connection unit OPERATING UNIT’s [4] cable on the column head.
11. Pull a new IR gasket [6] onto the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [4].
12.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Ensure that the IR gasket is in the correct position!
Mount the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [4] to the column head
(2 countersunk screws [5]).
13. Connect the cable leads of the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT to the plug.
28
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Connection unit’s operating unit, head end (MARS 2.07/2.08)
14. Put the cables back into their original positions, and stick the connection unit’s
OPERATING UNIT plug in the corresponding distribution printed circuit board’s [2]
socket. Fix the cables with cable binders.
15. Mount the clamp plate [3] (2 countersunk screws).
16. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [1] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
17. Remount the plastic plate on the seat section (4 screws).
18. Place the removed pad on the plastic plate and press down across the length of Velcro.
19. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
20. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
29
Connection unit’s operating unit, foot end (MARS 2.02-2.06, MARS 2.11)
5.9
Connection unit’s operating unit, foot end (MARS 2.02-2.06,
MARS 2.11)
IR receiver 2 with RS485/232
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
5.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
2
1
3
4
5
6
Figure 10 Connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT, foot end
1 Head cover
2 Distributor board
3 Clamp plate
4
5
6
Connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT
M4x30 countersunk screw
IR gasket
6.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT plug from the distribution printed circuit
board [2], disconnect the leads, and remove the cable binder.
7.
Remove the clamp plate [3] (2 countersunk screws), and put them down in a safe
place.
8.
Unscrew the defective connection unit’s operating unit [4] at the foot end of the column
head (2 countersunk screws [5]); pull out from the column head towards the outside,
and remove.
9.
Remove the IR gasket [6].
10. Feed in the new connection unit OPERATING UNIT’s [4] cable on the column head.
11. Pull a new IR gasket [6] onto the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [4].
12.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Ensure that the IR gasket is in the correct position!
Mount the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [4] to the column head
(2 countersunk screws [5]).
13. Connect the cable leads of the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT to the plug.
30
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Connection unit’s operating unit, foot end (MARS 2.02-2.06, MARS 2.11)
14. Put the cables back into their original positions, and stick the connection unit’s
OPERATING UNIT plug in the corresponding distribution printed circuit board’s [2]
socket. Fix the cables with cable binders.
15. Mount the clamp plate [3] (2 countersunk screws).
16. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [1] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
17. Remount the plastic plate on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
18. Press the pad onto the 4 ball-heads.
19. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
20. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
31
Connection unit’s operating unit, foot end (MARS 2.07/2.08)
5.10
Connection unit’s operating unit, foot end (MARS 2.07/2.08)
IR receiver 1 with RS485/232
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
5.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
Figure 11 Connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT, foot end
1 Head cover
2 Distributor board
3 Connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT
4
5
M4x30 countersunk screw
IR gasket
6.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT plug from the distribution printed circuit
board [2], disconnect the leads, and remove the cable binder.
7.
Unscrew the defective connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [3] at the foot end of the
column (2 countersunk screws [4]); pull out from the column head towards the outside
and remove.
8.
Remove the IR gasket [5].
9.
Feed in the new connection units OPERATING UNIT’s cable on the column head.
10. Pull a new IR gasket [5] onto the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [3].
11.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Ensure that the IR gasket is in the correct position!
Mount the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT [3] to the column head
(2 countersunk screws [4]).
12. Connect the cable leads of the new connection unit’s OPERATING UNIT to the plug.
32
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Connection unit’s operating unit, foot end (MARS 2.07/2.08)
13. Put the cables back into their original positions, and stick the connection unit’s
OPERATING UNIT plug in the corresponding distribution printed circuit board’s [2]
socket. Fix the cables with cable binders.
14. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [1] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
15. Remount the plastic plate on the seat section (4 screws).
16. Place the removed pad on the plastic plate and press down across the length of Velcro.
17. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
18. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
33
Transformer
5.11
Transformer
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
4.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
1
2
Figure 12 Transformer
1 Metal cover
2
Transformer
5.
Slide the metal cover [1] upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
6.
Loosen the 3 machine screws on the transformer base plate [2].
7.
Move the mounting plate slightly into the direction of the lifting motor, and carefully lift
the entire transformer out from the screws.
8.
Make note of the plug’s and cables’ installation position!
Disconnect all plugs from the transformer and remove all cables and cable binders.
9.
Remove transformer [2].
10. Connect all plugs and cables to the new transformer (see section 14 on page 273).
11. Pay attention to the cables!
Set the new transformer’s mounting plate on the screws in the base of the column and
push it slightly away from the column (push into the screws).
12. Screw in the transformer [2] tightly (3 machine screws).
13. Put the cables back into their original positions. Fix the cables with cable binders.
14. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
15. Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
16. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
17. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
34
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Switching relay
5.12
Switching relay
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
4.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
1
2
Figure 13 Switching relay
1 Metal cover
2
Switching relay
5.
Slide the metal cover [1] upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
6.
Make note of the plug’s and cables’ installation position!
Disconnect all plugs from the switching relay and remove all cables and cable binders.
7.
Unscrew the holding plate with the switching relay from the base of the column
(2 machine screws) and remove.
8.
Connect all plugs and cables to the new switching relay (see section 14 on page 273).
9.
Pay attention to the cables!
Place the holding plate with the switching relay in the base of the column and screw in
tightly (2 machine screws).
10. Put the cables back into their original positions. Fix the cables with cable binders.
11. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
12. Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
13. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
14. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
35
Membrane keyboard
5.13
Membrane keyboard
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
3
2
7
5
6
4
Figure 14 Cladding
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows (shown in gray)
4 Other cladding components
5
6
7
MEMBRANE KEYBOARD flat ribbon cable
Electronics
Membrane keyboard
4.
Open the column (see section 5.4 on page 19, work steps 4. to 8.).
5.
Remove membrane keyboard [7] from the metal cover (glued).
6.
Remove any glue residues from the metal cover [2] and degrease it.
7.
Feed in the new membrane keyboard’s [7] flat ribbon cable [5] into the metal cover [2].
8.
Glue in the new membrane keyboard.
9.
Mount the metal cover [2] with membrane keyboard [7].
10. Make sure that the flat ribbon cable is in its original installation position!
Connect the flat ribbon cable membrane keyboard.
11. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
12. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
13. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
14. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions using the membrane keyboard!
36
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Electronics
5.14
Electronics
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
NOTE
The electronic unit is always replaced in its entirety!
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
4.
If necessary, read out and save the parameters for the electronic unit via the PC
software (see section 9.2 on page 204). After replacement, the electronic unit can be
configured more quickly using the saved data.
1
3
6
7
2
6
B
5
8
B
6
7
A
4
A
Figure 15 Electronics
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows (shown in gray)
4 other cladding components
5
6
7
8
MEMBRANE KEYBOARD flat ribbon cable
Electronics
M4 machine screw
Nut M4
5.
Open the column (see section 5.4 on page 19, work steps 4. to 8.).
6.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove all cable binders from the cables going to the electronic unit.
7.
Label all plugs and cables on the defective electronic unit [6] and pull them out/
remove them.
8.
Hold the electronic unit [6] securely! Remove 2 machine screws [7] and 2 washers from
the left side of the electronic unit.
9.
Remove 1 nut [8] from the electronic unit’s rear panel.
10. Carefully pull out the electronic unit [6] downwards.
11. Remove the nut [8] with the washer from the defective electronic unit [6] and loosely
install it on the new electronic unit’s rear panel.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
37
Electronics
12. Insert the new electronic unit [6] and assemble it (tighten 1 nut [8] until it seizes, 2
washers and 2 machine screws [7]).
13. Put the cables back into their original positions, and connect all cables (see section 14
on page 273). Fix the cables with cable binders.
14. Mount the metal cover with membrane keyboard [2].
15. Make sure that the flat ribbon cable [5] is in its original installation position!
Connect the flat ribbon cable membrane keyboard.
16. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
17. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
18. Configure the electronic unit using the PC software (see section 9.1 on page 203).
19. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
20. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
38
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Motors
5.15
Motors
5.15.1
Lifting motor
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
4.
Slide the metal cover upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
2
1
Figure 16 Wooden spacer
1 Wooden spacer
5.
2
Lifting column
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Support the lifting column with an appropriate wooden spacer!
Put the wooden spacer [1] in the running gear and lower the column carefully until the
lifting column [2] sits on the wooden spacer.
6.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
39
Motors
3
7
4
5
Figure 17 Lifting motor
3 Lifting motor
4 Lifting motor holder
5 M5 machine screw
6
7
8
6
8
M5 machine screw
Toothed belt
Cap
7.
Note the positions of the cables.
Remove all cable binders from the lifting motor [3], remove the plugs and the cable
(1 fillister-head screw, 1 washer, and 1 serrated lock washer).
8.
Take note of the mounting position of the lifting motor!
Unscrew 4 machine screws [5] from the lifting motor holder [4] (lifting unit drive).
9.
Move the holder slightly into the direction of the column and carefully lift out from the
screws.
10. Carefully pull out the lifting motor [3] from the toothed belt [7].
11. Carefully set the new lifting motor (lifting unit drive) [3] inside the toothed belt.
12. Make sure that the lifting motor is in its original installation position!
Place the holder [4] of the new lifting motor on the screws in the base of the column.
13. Remove the cap [8] that is on the side of the running gear and screw in 1 machine
screw [6] into the lifting motor holder [4] from outside. Set the toothed belt tension by
means of adequately turning the screw in or out.
14. Screw the lifting motor’s holder [4] tightly (4 machine screws [5]).
15. Unscrew the machine screw [6] on the side of the running gear again and insert the
cap [8].
16. Put the cables back into their original positions, and connect all cables (see section 14
on page 273). Fix the cables with cable binders.
17. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
18. Insert both battery fuses.
19. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
20. Lift the column slightly with the lifting unit and remove the wooden spacer.
21. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
40
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Motors
22. Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
23. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
24. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
41
Motors
5.15.2
Trendelenburg motor
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
7
6
1
8
3
10
2
9
5
4
Figure 18 Cladding/Expansion bellows
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows (shown in gray)
4 Other cladding components
5 MEMBRANE KEYBOARD flat ribbon cable
6
7
8
9
10
Pad
Plastic plate
Head cover
M4x6 fillister-head screw
Bellow frame
5.
Open the column (see section 5.4 on page 19, work steps 4. to 8.).
6.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
7.
Unscrew the expansion bellows [3] from the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws [9]).
8.
Unscrew the bellow frame [10] (6 machine screws).
9.
Move the bellows [3] carefully down.
10.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Support the tabletop!
Prevent the tabletop from tilting. In order to do this, support the tabletop with a Mayo
instrument stand, for example!
42
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Motors
11. Note the positions of the cables. Remove the Trendelenburg motor’s plug from the
electronic unit and release the Trendelenburg motor (MARS II Trendelenburg drive) for
removal.
12
A
13
14
11
A
Figure 19 Trendelenburg Motor
11 Trendelenburg bearing pin
12 Trendelenburg pin
13 Trendelenburg motor
14 Guidance
12. Remove 3 machine screws from each of the two Trendelenburg bearing pins [11].
13. Remove the Trendelenburg bearing pins [11] with a pin remover and store safely.
14. Remove the retaining ring and the washer from the Trendelenburg pin [12] (on the
main cardan joint).
15.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Hold the Trendelenburg motor securely!
Pull the Trendelenburg pin [12] (with 1 washer and 1 retaining ring) out from the main
Cardan joint and store safely.
16. Remove Trendelenburg motor [13], two start-up disks on the main Cardan joint and
2 shim rings on the guide.
17. Insert the new Trendelenburg motor [13] with two start-up disks above on the main
Cardan joint and assemble (Trendelenburg pin [12] with 1 washer and 1 retaining
ring).
18. Insert the Trendelenburg motor [13] on the guide [14] with 2 shim rings and assemble
(two Trendelenburg bearing pins with 3 machine screws each).
19. Put the cables back into their original positions, and connect all cables (see section 14
on page 273). Fix the cables with cable binders.
20. Raise the bellows [3] carefully.
21. Tightly screw the expansion bellows [3] onto the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws [9]).
22. Mount the bellow frame [10] (6 machine screws).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
43
Motors
23. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [8] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
24. Remount the plastic plate [7] on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
25. Press the pad [6] onto the 4 ball-heads.
26. Mount the metal cover with membrane keyboard [2] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge).
27. Make sure that the flat ribbon cable [5] is in its original installation position!
Connect the flat ribbon cable membrane keyboard.
28. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
29. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
30. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
31. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
44
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Motors
5.15.3
Tilting motor
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
7
6
1
8
3
10
2
9
5
4
Figure 20 Cladding/Expansion bellows
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows (shown in gray)
4 Other cladding components
5 MEMBRANE KEYBOARD flat ribbon cable
6
7
8
9
10
Pad
Plastic plate
Head cover
M4x6 fillister-head screw
Bellow frame
5.
Open the column (see section 5.4 on page 19, work steps 4. to 8.).
6.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
7.
Unscrew the expansion bellows [3] from the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws [9]).
8.
Unscrew the bellow frame [10] (6 machine screws).
9.
Move the bellows [3] carefully down.
10.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Support the tabletop!
Prevent the tabletop from tilting. In order to do this, support the tabletop with a Mayo
instrument stand, for example!
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
45
Motors
11. Note the positions of the cables. Remove the tilting motor’s plug from the electronic
unit and release the tilting motor (MARS tilting unit - complete) for removal.
12
A
13
13
11
14
A
Figure 21 Tilting motor
11 Tilting unit pin 2
12 Tilting unit pin
13 Tilting motor
14 Guidance
12. Remove tilting unit pin 2 [11] below from the guide [14] (1 retaining ring and 1 washer)
and store safely.
13. Remove the retaining ring and the washer from the tilting unit pin [12] (on the main
tilting unit Cardan joint).
14.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Hold the tilting motor securely!
Pull the tilting unit pin [12] (with 1 washer and 1 retaining ring) out from the tilting unit
cardan joint and store safely.
15. Remove tilting motor [13] and 2 buffer washers from the guide [14].
16. Insert the new tilting motor [13] above on the tilting unit Cardan joint and assemble
(tilting unit pin [12] with 1 washer and 1 retaining ring).
17. Insert the tilting motor on the guide [14] with 2 buffer washers and assemble (tilting pin
2 [11], 1 washer and 1 retaining ring).
18. Put the cables back into their original positions, and connect all cables (see section 14
on page 273). Fix the cables with cable binders.
19. Raise the bellows [3] carefully.
20. Tightly screw the expansion bellows [3] onto the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws [9]).
21. Mount the bellow frame [10] (6 machine screws).
22. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [8] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
46
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Motors
23. Remount the plastic plate [7] on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
24. Press the pad [6] onto the 4 ball-heads.
25. Mount the metal cover with membrane keyboard [2] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge).
26. Make sure that the flat ribbon cable [5] is in its original installation position!
Connect the flat ribbon cable membrane keyboard.
27. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
28. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
29. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
30. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
47
Lift drive
5.16
Lift drive
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
5
6
7
1
3
2
4
Figure 22 Cladding
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows (shown in gray)
4 Other cladding components
5
6
7
Pad
Plastic plate
Head cover
5.
Open the column (see section 5.3 on page 17, work steps 5. to 7.).
6.
Remove the metal covers from outside, segment by segment (each one: 4 countersunk
screws; lowermost metal cover: 6 countersunk screws) and store safely.
7.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
8.
CAUTION
Risk of injury on account of the heavy weight.
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
48
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Lift drive
10
11
9
8
Figure 23 Lift drive
8 Lifting pin
9 Lifting motor
9.
10 Lifting motor holder
11 Toothed belt
Remove the retaining ring and the 2 washers from one side of the lifting pin [8], above
on the lift drive suspension.
10. Remove the lifting pin [8] and the washers.
11. Note the positions of the cables.
Remove all cable binders from the lifting motor [9], remove the plugs and the cable
(1 fillister-head screw, 1 washer, and 1 serrated lock washer).
12. Take note of the mounting position of the lifting motor!
Unscrew 4 machine screws from the lifting motor holder [10] (lifting unit drive).
13. Slightly push the holder [10] into the direction of the column and carefully lift it out from
the screws.
14. Carefully pull out the lifting motor from the toothed belt [11].
15. Put the lifting motor in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
49
Lift drive
17
15
14
16
13
12
Figure 24 Lift drive
12 M4x10 countersunk screw
13 Sheet plate
14 Bearing support assembly
15 M6x10 machine screw
16 Toothed belt
17 Lift drive
16. Open the column from below (remove 4 countersunk screws [12]).
17. Carefully pry off the plate [13] (glued with silicone) and store safely.
18. Remove 6 machine screws [15] from the bearing support assembly [14].
19. Make note of the bearing support assembly [14] installation position! Do not damage
the toothed belt [16]!
Pull out the bearing support assembly (with lift drive) from the column, below.
20. Make note of the lift drive’s [17] screw-in depth and use it for the new lift drive.
21. Make sure that the bearing support assembly is its original installation position! Pay
attention to the toothed belt!
Insert the new bearing support assembly [14] (with lift drive) into the column from
below.
22. Push 2 washers onto the lifting unit pin [8].
23. Insert the lifting unit pin [8] above on the lift drive’s suspension and assemble
(2 washers and 1 retaining ring).
24. Extend the column (pull on the tabletop or push on the running gear - with 2 people)
until the bearing support assembly fits correctly below (into the column base).
25. Assemble the bearing support assembly [14] on the column base (6 machine
screws [15]).
26. Carefully set the lifting motor [9] (lifting unit drive) in the new toothed belt.
27. Make sure that the lifting motor is in its original installation position!
Place the lifting motor holder [10] on the screws in the base of the column.
50
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Lift drive
18
19
Figure 25 Lift drive
18 Cap
19 M5 machine screw
28. From outside, remove the cap [18] that is on the side of the running gear and screw
1 machine screw [19] into the lifting motor holder. Set the toothed belt tension by
means of adequately turning the screw in or out.
29. Screw the lifting motor’s holder [10] tightly (4 machine screws).
30. Unscrew the machine screw [19] on the side of the running gear again and insert the
cap [18].
31. Put the cables back into their original positions, and connect all cables (see section 14
on page 273). Fix the cables with cable binders.
32. Remove any silicone residues from the column base and the plate [13] and degrease.
33. Apply silicone to the plate [13] and assemble (4 countersunk screws).
34.
CAUTION
Risk of injury on account of the heavy weight.
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
35. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows [3].
Place the head cover [7] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
36. Remount the plastic plate [6] on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
37. Press the pad [5] onto the 4 ball-heads.
38. Install the metal covers, segment by segment, starting from the inside towards the
outside.
39. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
40. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
41. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
42. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
51
Toothed belt (main drive)
5.17
Toothed belt (main drive)
The toothed belt (main drive) is part of the bearing support assembly. If a part of the bearing
support is defective, the entire bearing support assembly (with lift drive) is always replaced
(see section 5.16 on page 48).
52
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Lifting unit limit switches, MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
5.18
Lifting unit limit switches, MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
NOTE
The lifting device limit switches (Hall sensors) are magnetic. In case of malfunction, look for
possible magnetically attracted washers/disks!
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.03 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
3
2
9
1
5
7
6
4
Figure 26 Limit switches of column lift
1 Metal cover without membrane keyboard
2 Metal cover with membrane keyboard
3 Expansion bellows
4 other cladding components
5 Sensor plate
6
7
8
9
Hall sensor board
Tapped plate
Plug and cable
Underlay
5.
Open the column (see section 5.3 on page 17, work steps 5. to 7.).
6.
Remove plug and cable [3] (1 machine screw and 1 serrated lock washer) from the
Hall sensor printed circuit board.
7.
Unscrew the sensor plate [5] from the guide (3 machine screws, 1 cable clip) and
remove carefully.
8.
Remove the Hall sensor printed circuit board [6] from the sensor plate [5] (3 machine
screws and 1 threaded anchor plate [7]).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
53
Lifting unit limit switches, MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
9.
Place the new Hall sensor printed circuit board [6] between the sensor plate [5] and
the threaded anchor plate [7] and assemble (3 machine screws; leave the top right
thread free).
10. Assemble the sensor plate [5] with the Hall sensor printed circuit board [6] onto the
guide (2 machine screws on the right side).
11. Connect plug and cable [8] (1 machine screw and 1 serrated lock washer) to the Hall
sensor printed circuit board [6].
12. Put the cable back into their original position and fix with cable binder (1 machine
screw).
13.
TEST
Perform a functional test!
14. Guide the remaining cladding components [4] upwards and hook them into place.
15. Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard [1] (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
16. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
17. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
54
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Trendelenburg limit switch
5.19
Trendelenburg limit switch
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
5
3
6
4
Figure 27 Head cover
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3 Head cover
4
5
6
Expansion bellows
M8 ball-head
M4x6 fillister-head screw
5.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
6.
Unscrew the expansion bellows [4] from the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws [6]).
7.
Press the bellows [4] carefully down.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
55
Trendelenburg limit switch
7
A
7
A
Figure 28 Trendelenburg limit switch
7 Limit switch
8.
Note the positions of the cables and the pin configuration!
Disconnect all plugs from the defective limit switch [7].
9.
Remove the defective limit switch [7] (2 machine screws).
10. Install the new limit switch [7] (2 machine screws).
11. Connect all plugs (see section 14 on page 273).
12. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
13. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
14. Adjust the limit switch group (see section 8.1 on page 189).
15. Tightly screw the expansion bellows [4] onto the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws [6]).
16. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [2] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
17. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
18. Press the pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [5].
TEST
Check the column functions.
56
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Cables
5.20
Cables
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
5.
For cables in the column base:
- Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
- Slide the metal cover upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
For cables on the column:
- Open the column (see section 5.3 on page 17, work steps 5. to 7.).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
57
Cables
For cables going to the tabletop:
- Open the table top (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
- Unscrew the bellows from the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws).
- Press the bellows carefully down.
6.
7.
Note the positions of the cables and the pin configuration!
Remove the defective cable’s plug, disconnect the leads, remove cable binders and
clips, and remove the cable.
WARNING
Risk of injuries!
Pay attention to the polarity!!!
Insert a new cable that is identical in construction.
Only use limed resin as the flux for soldered joints!
Put the cables back into their original positions, and connect the plugs (see section 14
on page 273). Fix the cables with cable binders and/or cable clips.
8.
Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
9.
Insert both battery fuses.
10. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
11.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Do not crush or squeeze the cables! Observe all motion sequences on the operating
table. When needed, interrupt the sequence and fix the cable’s position!
TEST
Check the column functions.
12. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
58
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Cables
13. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
14. Remove both battery fuses and store safely.
15. Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
16. For cables in the column base:
- Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover
downwards.
- Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
For cables on the column:
- Guide the remaining cladding components upwards and hook them into place.
- Mount the metal cover without membrane keyboard (3 countersunk screws at the
upper edge and 4 countersunk screws).
For cables going to the tabletop:
- Screw the expansion bellows tightly onto the tabletop (8 fillister-head screws).
- Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows. Place the head cover carefully on the
tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head screws).
- Remount the plastic plate on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
- Press the pad onto the 4 ball-heads.
17. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
18. Insert both battery fuses.
19. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
20. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
21. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
59
Energy chain
5.21
Energy chain
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
2
1
3
Figure 29 Energy chain
1 Metal cover
2 Energy chain
3
End piece
5.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover [1].
6.
Slide the metal cover [1] upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
7.
Unhook the energy chain [2] from the upper and/or lower end piece respectively.
8.
Open the energy chain. In order to do this, carefully pry up the transverse bars of the
individual chain links on the right side with a screwdriver (flat).
9.
Note the positions of the cables.
Remove the cables.
10. Renew defective parts of the energy chain. Lock the chain links completely together.
11. If needed, unscrew the upper and/or lower end piece [3] of the energy chain
(2 countersunk screws or 2 machine screws) and replace.
12. Put the cables back into their original positions.
Lay the cables into the energy chain (do not cross them over) and close the flexible
cover securely.
13. Hook the energy chain [2] into the upper and/or lower end piece [3]. Lock the chain
links completely together.
14. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
15. Close the metal cover [1] (2 countersunk screws).
16. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
60
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Energy chain
17. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the column functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
61
Plastic plate
6
Repair Guide for the Tabletop MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11
6.1
Plastic plate
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
1
2
3
Figure 30 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
62
3
M8 ball-head
5.
Pull pad [1] off the relevant section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the associated plastic plate [2] (4 ball-heads [3]).
7.
Mount a new plastic plate (4 ball-heads [3]).
8.
Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
9.
Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) gearbox
6.2
Leg section (LS) gearbox
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 31 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them down in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
63
Leg section (LS) gearbox
A
4
13
15
9
14
10
7
19
18
16
11
8
12
A
69
5
17
Figure 32 Leg sections gearbox
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 Cover foil
6 LS joint
7 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
8 M4x12 machine screw
9 Slip ring
10 Groove ring
11 LS drive unit (consists of items 14
and 15)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
M5x50 machine screw
M8x16 machine screw
Leg section motor
LS gear
M3x16 machine screw
Standard rail joint
M4x12 machine screw
Leg section toothed belt
6.
Unscrew the standard rail joint [17] (2 countersunk screws), and put them down in a
safe place.
7.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
8.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
9.
Unclip the red and black cables (leg section motor) from the plug.
10. Unscrew the LS drive unit [11] (2 machine screws [12] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [13] from the strut).
11. Take care not to damage the cables of the leg section motor. Carefully pull out the LS
drive unit [11].
12. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the leg section motor [14] out of the leg section toothed belt [19].
13. Carefully pull out the LS drive unit [11], and put it down safely.
14. Remove the self-adhesive covering foils [5] from the left and right of the LS joint [6].
15. Remove 6 cylindrical pins [7] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
16. Remove 6 machine screws [8], and put them down in a safe place.
64
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) gearbox
17. Pull off the LS joint [6], remove 2 slip rings [9] and groove rings [10] in each case, and
put them down in a safe place.
18. Unscrew the leg section motor [14] from the LS joint [15] (4 machine screws), and
remove it.
19. Screw the leg section motor [14] to the new LS gear (4 machine screws).
20.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the LS drive unit [11] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the leg section motor.
21. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the leg section motor [14] into the leg section toothed belt [19].
22. Mount the LS drive unit [11] (2 machine screws [12] on the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [13] on the strut).
23. If necessary insert new groove rings [10] left and right into the grooves in the LS gear
housing.
24.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [9] onto the groove rings, and slide the LS joint [6] onto the LS gear [15].
25. Align the LS joint [6] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the LS drive unit [11]
(6 machine screws [8]).
26. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [7].
27. Mount the joint [17] (2 countersunk screws).
28. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils [5] to the left and right of the LS
joint [6].
29. Connect the red and black cables of the leg section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
30. Adjust the leg section toothed belt [19]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [18] in the leg section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [16] on the leg section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [18].
31. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
32. Insert both battery fuses.
33. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
65
Leg section (LS) gearbox
34.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
35. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
36. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
37. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
38. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
39. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
40. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
41. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
42. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
43. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
44. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
66
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) motor
6.3
Leg section (LS) motor
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 33 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
Figure 34 Leg section motor
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 LS drive unit (consists of items 8
and 9)
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
6.
8
9
10
11
12
Leg section motor
LS gear
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
Leg section toothed belt
Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
67
Leg section (LS) motor
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (leg section motor) from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the leg section motor. Carefully pull out the LS
drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the leg section motor [8] out of the leg section toothed belt [12].
12. Carefully pull out the LS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Unscrew the leg section motor [8] from the LS joint [9] (4 machine screws), and
remove it.
14. Screw the new leg section motor to the LS gear [9] (4 machine screws).
15.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the LS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the leg section motor.
16. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the leg section motor [8] into the leg section toothed belt [12].
17. Mount the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
18. Connect the red and black cables of the leg section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
19. Adjust the leg section toothed belt [12]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [11] in the leg section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [10] on the leg section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [11].
20. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
21. Insert both battery fuses.
22. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
23.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
24. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
68
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) motor
25. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
26. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
27. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
28. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
29. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
30. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
31. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
32. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
33. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
69
Leg section (LS) toothed belt
6.4
Leg section (LS) toothed belt
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 35 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
70
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) toothed belt
9
A
13
10
4
12
11
5
7
12
15
8
14
A
6
Figure 36 Leg section toothed belt
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 LS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Leg section motor
9 Toothed-belt cover
10
11
12
13
14
15
Toothed-belt guide
Bridge
Leg section toothed belt
Seat section strut
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (leg section motor) from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the leg section motor. Carefully pull out the LS
drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the leg section motor [8] out of the leg section toothed belt [12].
12. Carefully pull out the LS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Repeat work steps 6. to 12. on the other seat section strut.
14. MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Remove the toothed-belt cover [9] (4 countersunk screws), and put them down in a safe
place.
15. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Pull the leg section toothed belt [12] through the seat section struts [13], and remove it.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
71
Leg section (LS) toothed belt
16. MARS 2.01
Put the toothed belt back into its original position.
Insert the ends of the new leg section toothed belt carefully into the two seat section
struts, and place between the pins.
17. MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Put the toothed belt back into its original position.
Carefully thread the ends of the leg section toothed belt into the two seat section
struts [13], and insert it into the bridge [11] (between the toothed-belt guides [10]).
18.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the LS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the leg section motor.
19. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the leg section motor [8] into the leg section toothed belt [12].
20. Mount the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
21. Connect the red and black cables of the leg section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
22. Repeat work steps 18. to 21. on the other seat section strut.
23. Adjust the leg section toothed belt [12]:
Tension equally at both ends.
- Loosen the central machine screw [15] in the leg section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [14] on the leg section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [15].
24. MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Mount the toothed-belt cover [9] (4 countersunk screws).
25. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
26. Insert both battery fuses.
27. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
28.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
29. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
72
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) toothed belt
30. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
31. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
32. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
33. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
34. Repeat work steps 31. to 33. on the other seat section strut.
35. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
36. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
37. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
38. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
39. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
73
Leg section (LS) joint
6.5
Leg section (LS) joint
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
1
2
3
Figure 37 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
10
6
5
7
8
9
11
4
Figure 38 Leg section joint
4 Cover foil
5 LS joint
6 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
7 M4x12 machine screw
7.
74
8
9
10
11
Slip ring
Groove ring
LS gear
Standard rail joint
Unscrew the standard rail joint [11] (2 countersunk screws), and put them down in a
safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) joint
8.
Remove the self-adhesive covering foils [4] from the left and right of the LS joint [5].
9.
Remove 6 cylindrical pins [6] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
10. Remove 6 machine screws [7], and put them down in a safe place.
11. Pull off the LS joint [5], remove 2 slip rings [8] and groove rings [9] in each case.
12. If necessary insert new groove rings [9] left and right into the grooves in the LS gear
housing.
13.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [8] onto the groove rings, and slide the new LS joint [5] onto the LS
gear [10].
14. Align the LS joint [5] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the LS drive unit
(6 machine screws [7]).
15. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [6].
16. Mount the joint [11] (2 countersunk screws).
17. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils [4] to the left and right of the LS
joint [5].
18. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
19. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
20. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
75
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.01-2.06)
6.6
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.01-2.06)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 39 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat and back sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat and back sections (4 ball-heads [3] from
each), and put them down in a safe place.
16
4
8
7
17
9
14
10
A
12
5
13
6
A
18
11
Figure 40 Back section gearbox
4 M4x12 machine screw
5 Cover foil
6 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
7 M4x12 machine screw
8 Strut of the BS joint
9 Slip ring
10 Groove ring
11 Cover (sheet metal guard)
6.
76
15
12 BS drive unit (consists of items 15
and 18)
13 M5x50 machine screw
14 M8x16 machine screw
15 Back section motor
16 M3x16 machine screw
17 Back section toothed belt
18 BS gear
Remove the self-adhesive covering foils [5] from the left and right of the strut of the BS
joint [8].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.01-2.06)
7.
Remove 6 cylindrical pins [6] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
8.
Remove 6 machine screws [4], and put them down in a safe place.
9.
Pull off the strut of the BS joint [8], remove 2 slip rings [9] and groove rings [10] in each
case, and put them down in a safe place.
10. Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
11. Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [11] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
12. Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
13. Unscrew the BS drive unit [12] (2 machine screws [13] from the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [14] from the strut).
14. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [12].
15. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [15] out of the back section toothed belt [17].
16. Pull out the BS drive unit [12], and put it down in a safe place.
17. Unscrew the back section motor [15] from the BS gear [18] (4 machine screws), and
remove it.
18. Screw the back section motor [15] to the new BS gear (4 machine screws).
19.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [12] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
20. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [15] into the back section toothed belt [17].
21. Mount the BS drive unit [12] (2 machine screws [13] on the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [14] on the strut).
22. If necessary insert new groove rings [10] left and right into the grooves in the BS gear
housing.
23.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [9] onto the groove rings, and slide the strut of the BS joint [8] onto the
BS gear.
24. Align the strut of the BS joint [8] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the BS drive
unit [12] (6 machine screws [7]).
25. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [6].
26. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils to the left and right of the strut of
the BS joint [8].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
77
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.01-2.06)
27. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
28. Adjust the back section toothed belt [17]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [4] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [16] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [4].
29. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
30. Insert both battery fuses.
31. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
32.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
33. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
34. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
35. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
36. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [11] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
37. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
38. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat and back sections (each held by 4 ballheads [3]).
39. Press the previously removed pads [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
40. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
41. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
42. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
78
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.11)
6.7
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.11)
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 41 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
79
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.11)
Figure 42 Back section gearbox
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 Cover foil
6 BS joint
7 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
8 M4x12 machine screw
9 Slip ring
10 Groove ring
11 BS drive unit (consists of items 14
and 15)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
M5x50 machine screw
M8x16 machine screw
Back section motor
BS gear
M3x16 machine screw
Standard rail joint
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
6.
Unscrew the standard rail joint [17] (2 countersunk screws), and put them down in a
safe place.
7.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
8.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
9.
Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
10. Unscrew the BS drive unit [11] (2 machine screws [12] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [13] from the strut).
11. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [11].
12. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [14] out of the back section toothed belt [19].
13. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [11], and put it down safely.
14. Remove the self-adhesive covering foils [5] from the left and right of the BS joint [6].
15. Remove 6 cylindrical pins [7] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
16. Remove 6 machine screws [8], and put them down in a safe place.
17. Pull off the BS joint [6], remove 2 slip rings [9] and groove rings [10] in each case, and
put them down in a safe place.
18. Unscrew the back section motor [14] from the BS joint [15] (4 machine screws), and
remove it.
19. Screw the back section motor [14] to the new BS gear (4 machine screws).
80
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.11)
20.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [11] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
21. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [14] into the back section toothed belt [19].
22. Mount the BS drive unit [11] (2 machine screws [12] on the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [13] on the strut).
23. If necessary insert new groove rings [10] left and right into the grooves in the BS gear
housing.
24.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [9] onto the groove rings, and slide the BS joint [6] onto the BS
gear [15].
25. Align the BS joint [6] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the BS drive unit [11]
(6 machine screws [8]).
26. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [7].
27. Mount the joint [17] (2 countersunk screws).
28. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils [5] to the left and right of the BS
joint [6].
29. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
30. Adjust the back section toothed belt [19]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [18] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [16] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [18].
31. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
32. Insert both battery fuses.
33. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
34.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
35. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
81
Back section (BS) gearbox (MARS 2.11)
36. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
37. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
38. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
39. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
40. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
41. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
42. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
43. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
44. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
82
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.01-2.06)
6.8
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.01-2.06)
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 43 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat and back sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat and back sections (4 ball-heads [3] from
each), and put them down in a safe place.
5
A
8
7
9
10
4
6
11
12
A
Figure 44 Back section motor
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit (consists of items 8
and 9)
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
6.
8
9
10
11
12
Back section motor
BS gear
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
83
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.01-2.06)
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
9.
Hold the back section strut securely.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [12].
12. Pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Unscrew the back section motor [8] from the BS gear [9] (4 machine screws), and
remove it.
14. Screw the new back section motor to the BS gear [9] (4 machine screws).
15.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
16. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [12].
17. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
18. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
19. Adjust the back section toothed belt [12]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [11] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [10] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [11].
20. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
21. Insert both battery fuses.
22. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
23.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
24. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
84
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.01-2.06)
25. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
26. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
27. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
28. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
29. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat and back sections (each held by 4 ballheads [3]).
30. Press the previously removed pads [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
31. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
32. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
33. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
85
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.11)
6.9
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.11)
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 45 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
Figure 46 Back section motor
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit (consists of items 8
and 9)
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
86
3
8
9
10
11
12
Back section motor
BS gear
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.11)
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [12].
12. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Unscrew the back section motor [8] from the BS joint [9] (4 machine screws), and
remove it.
14. Screw the new back section motor to the BS gear [9] (4 machine screws).
15.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
16. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [12].
17. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
18. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
19. Adjust the back section toothed belt [12]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [11] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [10] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [11].
20. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
21. Insert both battery fuses.
22. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
23.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
24. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
87
Back section (BS) motor (MARS 2.11)
25. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
26. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
27. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
28. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
29. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
30. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
31. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
32. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
33. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
88
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.01-2.06)
6.10
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.01-2.06)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 47 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat and back sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat and back sections (4 ball-heads [3] from
each), and put them down in a safe place.
5
10
6
A
9
8
13
11
17
15
13
14
16
7
4
13
12
A
Figure 48 Back section toothed belt
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 Back section strut
6 BS drive unit (consists of items 9
and 17)
7 M5x50 machine screw
8 M8x16 machine screw
9 Back section motor
10 Toothed-belt cover
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Toothed-belt guide
Bridge
Back section toothed belt
Seat section strut
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
BS gear
89
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.01-2.06)
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
9.
Hold the back section strut [5] securely.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [6] (2 machine screws [7] from the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [8] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [6].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [9] out of the back section toothed belt [13].
12. Pull out the BS drive unit [6], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Repeat work steps 6. to 12. on the other seat section strut.
14. MARS 2.02 to 2.06
Remove the toothed-belt cover [10] (4 countersunk screws), and put them down in a
safe place.
15. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Pull the back section toothed belt [13] through the seat section struts [14], and remove
it.
16. MARS 2.01
Put the toothed belt back into its original position.
Insert the ends of the new back section toothed belt carefully into the two seat section
struts, and place between the pins.
17. MARS 2.02 to 2.06
Put the toothed belt back into its original position.
Carefully thread the ends of the back section toothed belt into the two seat section
struts [14], and insert it into the bridge [12] (between the toothed-belt guides [11]).
18.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [6] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
19. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [9] into the back section toothed belt [13].
20. Mount the BS drive unit [6] (2 machine screws [7] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [8] on the strut).
21. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
22. Repeat work steps 18. to 21. on the other seat section strut.
23. Adjust the back section toothed belt [13]:
Tension equally at both ends.
90
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.01-2.06)
- Loosen the central machine screw [16] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [15] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [16].
24. MARS 2.02 to 2.06
Mount the toothed-belt cover [10] (4 countersunk screws).
25. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
26. Insert both battery fuses.
27. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
28.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
29. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
30. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
31. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
32. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
33. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
34. Repeat work steps 31. to 33. on the other seat section strut.
35. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat and back sections (each held by 4 ballheads [3]).
36. Press the previously removed pads [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
37. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
38. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
39. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
91
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.11)
6.11
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.11)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 49 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
Figure 50 Back section toothed belt
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit (consists of items 8 and 16)
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Back section motor
9 Toothed-belt cover
92
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Toothed-belt guide
Bridge
Back section toothed belt
Seat section strut
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
BS gear
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.11)
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foil off the seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [12].
12. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Repeat work steps 6. to 12. on the other seat section strut.
14. Remove the toothed-belt cover [9] (4 countersunk screws), and put them down in a safe
place.
15. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Pull the back section toothed belt [12] through the seat section struts [13], and remove
it.
16. Put the toothed belt back into its original position.
Carefully thread the ends of the back section toothed belt into the two seat section
struts [13], and insert it into the bridge [11] (between the toothed-belt guides [10]).
17.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
18. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [12].
19. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
20. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
21. Repeat work steps 17. to 20. on the other seat section strut.
22. Adjust the back section toothed belt [12]:
Tension equally at both ends.
- Loosen the central machine screw [15] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [14] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [15].
23. Mount the toothed-belt cover [9] (4 countersunk screws).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
93
Back section (BS) toothed belt (MARS 2.11)
24. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
25. Insert both battery fuses.
26. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
27.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
28. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
29. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
30. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
31. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
32. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
33. Repeat work steps 31. to 33. on the other seat section strut.
34. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
35. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
36. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
37. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
38. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
94
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) joint and its components (MARS 2.01-2.06)
6.12
Back section (BS) joint and its components (MARS 2.01-2.06)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
3
1
2
10
9
8
4
5
6
11
Figure 51 Back section joint
1 Tension bolt
2 BS joint
3 Disc springs
4 Cylindrical pin
5 Locking lever
6 Pressure spring
7
8
9
10
11
7
Cam lever
Thrust washer
Thrust sleeve
Shim ring
Cylindrical pin
5.
Open the cam lever [7] on the corresponding BS joint.
6.
Knock the cylindrical pin [4] out, and put it down in a safe place.
NOTE
Prevent the compression spring [6] from springing out.
7.
Carefully remove and safely put down the cam lever [7].
8.
Remove the thrust washer [8], shim rings [10] and thrust sleeve [9], and put them down
in a safe place.
9.
Carefully knock the tension bolt [1] out with a plastic hammer, and put it down in a
safe place.
10. Remove the disc springs [3] and put them down in a safe place.
11. Remove the BS joint [2].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
95
Back section (BS) joint and its components (MARS 2.01-2.06)
12.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Ensure that the teeth mesh. The teeth must mesh - not lie tooth on tooth.
Attach the new BS joint.
NOTE
Also renew other damaged or defective parts.
13. Insert disk springs [3] (make sure they are fitted correctly).
14. Carefully knock the tension bolt with washer [1] in with a plastic hammer.
15. Slide on the thrust sleeve [9], shim rings [10] and thrust washer [8].
16. Mount the cam lever [7] (knock in 1 cylindrical pin [4]).
17. Close cam lever [7].
NOTE
The cam lever [7] must move easily. Toothing has no play in tensioned state.
If necessary, readjust with shim rings [10].
18. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
96
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) joint (MARS 2.11)
6.13
Back section (BS) joint (MARS 2.11)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
Figure 52 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
Figure 53 Back section joint
4 Cover foil
5 BS joint
6 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
7 M4x12 machine screw
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
8
9
10
11
Slip ring
Groove ring
BS gear
Standard rail joint
97
Back section (BS) joint (MARS 2.11)
7.
Unscrew the standard rail joint [11] (2 countersunk screws), and put them down in a
safe place.
8.
Remove the self-adhesive covering foils [4] from the left and right of the BS joint [5].
9.
Remove 6 cylindrical pins [6] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
10. Remove 6 machine screws [7], and put them down in a safe place.
11. Pull off the BS joint [5], remove 2 slip rings [8] and groove rings [9] in each case.
12. If necessary insert new groove rings [9] left and right into the grooves in the BS gear
housing.
13.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [8] onto the groove rings, and slide the new BS joint [5] onto the BS
gear [10].
14. Align the BS joint [5] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the BS drive unit
(6 machine screws [7]).
15. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [6].
16. Mount the joint [11] (2 countersunk screws).
17. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils [4] to the left and right of the BS
joint [5].
18. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
19. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
20. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
98
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section strut (MARS 2.01-2.06)
6.14
Back section strut (MARS 2.01-2.06)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
1
2
3
Figure 54 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
5.
Pull pads [1] off the seat and back sections, and put them down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat and back sections (4 ball-heads [3] from
each), and put them down in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
99
Back section strut (MARS 2.01-2.06)
6
4
5
13
12
11
8
7
14
Figure 55 Back section joint
4 Tension bolt
5 BS joint
6 Disc springs
7 Cylindrical pin
8 Locking lever
9 Pressure spring
10
11
12
13
14
10
9
Cam lever
Thrust washer
Thrust sleeve
Shim ring
Cylindrical pin
7.
Open the cam lever [10] on the corresponding BS joint [5].
8.
Knock the cylindrical pin [7] out, and put it down in a safe place.
NOTE
Prevent the compression spring [9] from springing out.
9.
Carefully remove and safely put down the cam lever [10].
10. Remove the thrust washer [11], shim rings [13] and thrust sleeve [12], and put them
down in a safe place.
11. Carefully knock the tension bolt [4] out with a plastic hammer, and put it down in a
safe place.
12. Remove the disc springs [6] and put them down in a safe place.
13. Remove the BS joint [5], and put it down in a safe place.
100
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section strut (MARS 2.01-2.06)
17
18
20
15
19
16
21
Figure 56 Back section strut (strut of the BS joint)
15 Groove ring
16 Cover foil
17 Strut of the BS joint
18 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
19 M4x12 machine screw
20 Slip ring
21 BS drive unit
14. Remove the self-adhesive covering foils [16] from the left and right of the strut of the
BS joint [17].
15. Remove 6 cylindrical pins [18] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
16. Remove 6 machine screws [19], and put them down in a safe place.
17. Pull off the strut of the BS joint [17], remove 2 slip rings [20] and groove rings [15] in
each case.
18. If necessary insert new groove rings [15] left and right into the grooves in the BS gear
housing [21].
19.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [22] onto the groove rings [15], and slide a new strut of the BS joint [17]
onto the BS drive unit [21].
20. Align the strut of the BS joint [17] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the BS
drive unit [21] (6 machine screws [19]).
21. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [18].
22. If necessary attach new self-adhesive covering foils [16] to the left and right of the strut
of the BS joint [17].
23.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Ensure that the teeth mesh. The teeth must mesh - not lie tooth on tooth.
Attach the BS joint [5].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
101
Back section strut (MARS 2.01-2.06)
NOTE
Also renew other damaged or defective parts.
24. Insert disk springs [6] (make sure they are fitted correctly).
25. Carefully knock the tension bolt [4] in with a plastic hammer.
26. Slide on the thrust sleeve [12], shim rings [13] and thrust washer [11].
27. Mount the cam lever [10] (knock in 1 cylindrical pin [7]).
28. Close cam lever [10].
NOTE
The cam lever must move easily. Toothing has no play in tensioned state.
If necessary, readjust with shim rings [13].
29. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat and back sections (each held by 4 ballheads [3]).
30. Press the previously removed pads [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
31. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
102
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Energy chain (not MARS 2.01)
6.15
Energy chain (not MARS 2.01)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
4
4
2
A
A
Figure 57 Energy chain
1 Plate (panel)
2 Plate (Energy chain cover)
3
4
3
Energy chain
End piece
4.
Remove the plate (panel) [1] from the side of the seat section strut (2 countersunk
screws), and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Remove the plate (energy chain cover) [2] from the column head (2 machine screws),
and put them down in a safe place.
6.
Remove the cable binders, and unhook the energy chain [3] from one/both end
piece(s) [4].
7.
Note the positions of the cables.
Carefully pull the cables out of the energy chain.
8.
If necessary, unscrew the end pieces [4] of the energy chain (2 countersunk screws),
and replace with new ones.
9.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Put the cables back into their original positions.
Lay the cables into the energy chain (do not cross them over).
10. Hook the energy chain [3] onto the end pieces [4]. Lock the chain links completely
together.
11. Fix the cables with cable binders.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
103
Energy chain (not MARS 2.01)
12.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Mount the plate (energy chain cover) [2] on the column head (2 machine screws).
13. Mount the plate (panel) [1] on the side of the seat section strut (2 countersunk screws).
14. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
15. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
104
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Locking unit (not MARS 2.01)
6.16
Locking unit (not MARS 2.01)
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 58 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
4
6
5
7
8
Figure 59 Locking unit
4 Head cover
5 M5x12 machine screw
6 Locking unit
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
7
8
upper bolt
lower bolt
105
Locking unit (not MARS 2.01)
7.
NOTE
Do not let any parts fall into the column.
Remove the head cover [4] (4 fillister-head screws), and put them down in a safe place.
8.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull the plug out of the defective locking unit at the side of the membrane keyboard on
the column head [6], and remove the cable binders.
9.
Remove 4 machine screws [5] from the locking unit [6], and put them down in a safe
place.
10. Remove one retaining washer from each of the upper [7] and lower bolts [8] (not from
the bolt with the hinge springs), and put them down in a safe place.
11. Hold the locking unit [6] securely.
Remove the upper [7] and lower bolts [8], and put them down in a safe place.
12. Take note of where the locking unit [6] had been fitted.
Carefully pull the defective locking unit out of the column head, and remove it.
13. Put the locking unit back into its original position.
Carefully insert the new locking unit into the column head.
14. Insert the lower bolt [7], and mount the retaining washer.
15. Insert the upper bolt [8], and mount the retaining washer.
16. Mount the locking unit [6] on the column head (4 machine screws [5]).
17. Put the cables back into their original positions, and connect the plugs to the new
locking unit [6]. Fix the cables with cable binders.
18. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [4] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
19. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
20. Press the seat section pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
21. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
22. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
106
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Distributor board
6.17
Distributor board
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 60 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
107
Distributor board
4
5
6
5
7
6
Figure 61 Distribution board with holder
4 Head cover
5 Distributor board
7.
6
7
Holder
Snap-in lug
NOTE
Do not let any parts fall into the column.
Remove the head cover [4] (4 fillister-head screws), and put them down in a safe place.
8.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull all plugs out of the defective distributor board [5], and remove the cable binders.
9.
Unscrew the holder [6] with the distributor board [5] from the tabletop (4 countersunk
screws), free it up, and carefully remove it in an upward direction.
10. Press 4 snap-in lugs [7] (spacers) together, starting on one side of the distributor
board [5], and carefully pull the printed circuit board up and off the holder [6].
11. Place the new distributor board on the snap-in lugs [7] of the holder [6], and click it
securely into place.
12. Insert the holder [6] carefully into the tabletop, and mount (4 countersunk screws).
108
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Distributor board
A
B
Figure 62 Distributor board
A Seat section strut side
X2 IR/RS485 interface (only MARS 2.01)
X3 RS485/232 interface
(1x MARS 2.01, 2x MARS 2.02-2.06, 2x MARS 2.11)
X4 HE (head end) IR/interface
X5 LE (foot end) IR/interface
X6 LD microbutton
B
Column head side
X7 REF/BP -35° sensors
X9 End sensors
X13 Spare
X14 OR adapter sensor
13. Put the cables back into their original positions, and insert all plugs into the new
distributor board [5] (see circuit diagram on page 273). Fix the cables with cable
binders.
14. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [4] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
15. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
16. Press the seat section pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
17. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
18. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
109
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton (not MARS 2.01)
6.18
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton (not MARS 2.01)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 63 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
4
5
Figure 64 LD microbutton
4 Head cover
7.
5
Distributor board
NOTE
Do not let any parts fall into the column.
Remove the head cover [4] (4 fillister-head screws), and put them down in a safe place.
110
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton (not MARS 2.01)
7
8
9
6
A
A
Figure 65 LD microbutton
6 Plate (panel)
7 Energy chain
8
9
Plate (Energy chain cover)
LD microbutton
8.
Remove the plate (panel) [6] from the side of the seat section strut (2 countersunk
screws), and put them down in a safe place.
9.
Remove the plate (energy chain cover) [8] from the column head (2 machine screws),
and put them down in a safe place.
10. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
11. Insert both battery fuses.
12. Switch on the operating table, and carefully displace the tabletop toward the foot end
until it meets the stop.
13. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
14. Remove and safely put down the both battery fuses.
15. Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
16. Take note of the mounting position of the LD microbutton.
Unscrew the LD microbutton [9] together with holding plate (on the right-hand side at
the bottom of the column head above the energy chain [7]; 2 countersunk screws).
17. Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull the LD microbutton plugs out of the distributor board [5], and remove the cable
binders.
18. Remove the holding plate together with LD microbutton and its cable from the column
head.
19. Unscrew the defective LD microbutton [9] from the holding plate (2 machine screws).
20. Mount the new LD microbutton [9] on the holding plate (2 machine screws).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
111
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton (not MARS 2.01)
21. Put the LD microbutton back into its original position.
Insert and mount the LD microbutton [9], together with the holding plate, in the column
head (2 countersunk screws).
22. Put the cables back into their original positions, and insert the plug of the LD
microbutton [9] into the appropriate socket on the distributor board [5]. Fix the cables
with cable binders.
23. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
24. Insert both battery fuses.
25. Switch on the operating table, and carefully displace the tabletop toward the head end
until it meets the stop.
26. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
27.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Mount the plate (energy chain cover) [8] on the column head (2 machine screws).
28. Mount the plate (panel) [6] on the side of the seat section strut (2 countersunk screws).
29. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [4] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
30. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
31. Press the seat section pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
32. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
33. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
34. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
112
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
OR adapter sensor MARS 2.01
6.19
OR adapter sensor MARS 2.01
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
4.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
5.
Pull the central self-adhesive covering foil off the right-hand seat section strut.
6.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull the plug of the OR adapter sensor out of the distributor board, and remove the
cable binders.
7.
Unscrew the standard rail from the right-hand seat section strut (3 countersunk screws),
and put them down in a safe place.
8.
Remove OR adapter sensor.
9.
Put the cable back into its original position.
Thread the cable of the new OR adapter sensor through the strut into the column head,
and insert the sensor plug into the appropriate socket on the distributor board. Fix the
cable with cable binders.
10. Position the OR adapter sensor, and mount the standard rail on the seat section strut
(3 countersunk screws).
11. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foil over the aperture in the seat section
strut.
12. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head screws).
13. Remount the plastic plate on the seat section (each held by 4 ball-heads).
14. Press the previously removed pads onto the 4 ball-heads.
15. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
16. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
113
OR adapter sensor (not MARS 2.01)
6.20
OR adapter sensor (not MARS 2.01)
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
4.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
3
1
4
2
2
Figure 66 OR adapter sensor
1 Head cover
2 OR adapter sensor
3
4
Distributor board
M3x6 machine screw
5.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull the plug of the OR adapter sensor [2] out of the distributor board [3], and remove
the cable binders.
6.
Unscrew the OR adapter sensor [2] from the foot end of the column head (2 machine
screws [4]).
7.
Remove the defective OR adapter sensor [2] and its cable from the column head.
8.
Thread the cable of the new OR adapter sensor into the column head, and mount the
sensor (2 machine screws [4]).
9.
Put the cables back into their original positions, and insert the plug of the OR adapter
sensor [2] into the appropriate socket on the distributor board [3]. Fix the cables with
cable binders.
10. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [1] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
11. Remount the plastic plate on the seat section (4 ball-heads).
12. Press the seat section pad onto the 4 ball-heads.
13. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
14. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
114
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) END sensor
6.21
Leg section (LS) END sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 67 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the right-hand seat section strut.
13
12
4
11
A
7
A
8
5
14
10
9
6
Figure 68 LS END sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 LS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Leg section motor
9 M4x12 countersunk screw
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
10
11
12
13
14
LS END sensor
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
Leg section toothed belt
Terminal block
115
Leg section (LS) END sensor
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (LS END sensor) and red and black (leg section motor)
cables from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the leg section motor. Carefully pull out the LS
drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the leg section motor [8] out of the leg section toothed belt [13].
12. Carefully pull out the LS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [9] on the inner side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [9] as the terminal block [14] would
then fall.
14. Pull the defective LS END sensor [10] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new LS END sensor [10] through the terminal block [14] in the seat section
strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the LS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the leg section motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the leg section motor [8] into the leg section toothed belt [13].
18. Mount the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (LS END sensor) and red and black (leg section motor) cables
onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the leg section toothed belt [13]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [12] in the leg section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [11] on the leg section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [12].
21. Position the LS END sensor [10] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an countersunk
screw [9].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
23. Insert both battery fuses.
116
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) END sensor
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensor is in good working order.
If necessary, readjust the LS END sensor [10] (see section 8.3 on page 192).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
32. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
117
Back section (BS) END sensor
6.22
Back section (BS) END sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 69 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
118
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat and back sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat and back sections (4 ball-heads [3] from
each), and put them down in a safe place.
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the right-hand seat section strut.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) END sensor
6
5
8
15
7
4
A
11
12
14
13
10
9
A
Figure 70 BS END sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 Back section strut
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Back section motor
9 M4x12 countersunk screw
10
11
12
13
14
15
BS END sensor
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
Terminal block
BS drive unit
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (BS END sensor) and red and black (back section motor)
cables from the plug.
9.
Hold the back section strut [5] securely.
Unscrew the BS drive unit (2 machine screws) [6] from the front of the seat section strut,
and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit.
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [13].
12. Pull out the BS drive unit [15], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [9] on the inner side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [9] as the terminal block [14] would
then fall.
14. Pull the defective BS END sensor [10] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new BS END sensor [10] through the terminal block [14] in the seat section
strut.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
119
Back section (BS) END sensor
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [15] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [13].
18. Mount the BS drive unit [15] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (BS END sensor) and red and black (back section motor)
cables onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the back section toothed belt [13]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [12] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [11] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [12].
21. Position the BS END sensor [10] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an countersunk
screw [9].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensor is in good working order.
Readjust the BS END sensor [10] if necessary (see section 8.4 on page 193).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat and back sections (each held by 4 ballheads [3]).
120
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) END sensor
32. Press the previously removed pads [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
121
Leg section (LS) reference (REF) sensor
6.23
Leg section (LS) reference (REF) sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 71 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the left-hand seat section strut.
A
15
17
B
4
10
4
47
49
A
57
85
11
12
5
46
Figure 72 LS REF sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 LS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Leg section motor
9 M4x12 countersunk screw
7.
122
14
13
B
10
11
12
13
14
15
LS REF sensor
M3x16 machine screw
LS -35° END sensor
M4x12 machine screw
Leg section toothed belt
Terminal block
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) reference (REF) sensor
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (LS REF sensor) and red and black (leg section motor)
cables from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the leg section motor. Carefully pull out the LS
drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the leg section motor [8] out of the leg section toothed belt [14].
12. Carefully pull out the LS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [9] on the inner side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [9] as the terminal block [15] would
then fall.
14. Pull the defective LS REF sensor [10] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new LS REF sensor [10] through the terminal block [15] in the seat section
strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the LS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the leg section motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the leg section motor [8] into the leg section toothed belt [14].
18. Mount the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (LS REF sensor) and red and black (leg section motor) cables
onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the leg section toothed belt [14]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [13] in the leg section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [11] on the leg section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [13].
21. Position the LS REF sensor [10] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an countersunk
screw [9].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
123
Leg section (LS) reference (REF) sensor
25.
TEST
Check that the sensors are in good working order.
If necessary, readjust the LS REF sensor [10] and the LS -35° END sensor [12] (not
MARS 2.01) (see section 8.7 on page 196 and see section 8.11 on page 200).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
32. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [6].
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
124
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor
6.24
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 73 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat and back sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat and back sections (4 ball-heads [3] from
each), and put them down in a safe place.
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the left-hand seat section strut.
11
12
13
7
8
5
B
4
B
A
6
10
14
9
A
Figure 74 BS REF sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Back section motor
9 M4x12 countersunk screw
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
10
11
12
13
14
BS REF sensor
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
Terminal block
125
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (BS REF sensor) and red and black (back section motor)
cables from the plug.
9.
Hold the back section strut securely.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [13].
12. Pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [9] on the inner side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [9] as the terminal block [14] would
then fall.
14. Pull the defective BS REF sensor [10] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new BS REF sensor [10] through the terminal block [14] in the seat section
strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [13].
18. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (BS REF sensor) and red and black (back section motor) cables
onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the back section toothed belt [13]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [12] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [11] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [12].
21. Position the BS REF sensor [10] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an countersunk
screw [9].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
126
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensor is in good working order.
If necessary, readjust the BS REF sensor [10] (see section 8.8 on page 197).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat and back sections (each held by 4 ballheads [3]).
32. Press the previously removed pads [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
127
Leg section (LS) -35° END sensor
6.25
Leg section (LS) -35° END sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
1
2
3
Figure 75 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8 ball-head
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]), and put them
down in a safe place.
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the left-hand seat section strut.
A
4
7
11
14
13
15
5
10
12
8
9
A
6
Figure 76 LS -35° END sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 LS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Leg section motor
9 LS -35° END sensor
7.
128
10
11
12
13
14
15
M3x16 machine screw
LS REF sensor
M4x12 countersunk screw
M4x12 machine screw
Leg section toothed belt
Terminal block
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Leg section (LS) -35° END sensor
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (LS -35° END sensor) and red and black (leg section motor)
cables from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the leg section motor. Carefully pull out the LS
drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the leg section motor [8] out of the leg section toothed belt [14].
12. Carefully pull out the LS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [12] on the outer side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [12] as the terminal block [15]
would then fall.
14. Pull the defective LS -35° END sensor [9] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new LS -35° END sensor [9] through the terminal block [15] in the seat section
strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the LS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the leg section motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the leg section motor [8] into the leg section toothed belt [14].
18. Mount the LS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (LS -35° END sensor) and red and black (leg section motor)
cables onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the led section toothed belt [14]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [13] in the leg section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [10] on the leg section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [13].
21. Position the LS -35° END sensor [9] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an
countersunk screw [12].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
23. Insert both battery fuses in the battery compartment.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
129
Leg section (LS) -35° END sensor
25.
TEST
Check that the sensors are in good working order.
If necessary, readjust the LS REF sensor [11] and the LS -35° END sensor [9] (see
section 8.7 on page 196 and see section 8.11 on page 200).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 ball-heads [3]).
32. Press the previously removed pad [1] onto the 4 ball-heads [3].
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
130
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Plastic plate
7
Repair Guide for the Tabletop MARS 2.07/2.08
7.1
Plastic plate
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
Figure 77 Plastic plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
4
M8x20 fillister-head screw
Velcro
5.
Pull pad [1] off the relevant section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the associated plastic plate [2] (4 screws [3]).
7.
Mount a new plastic plate (4 screws [3]).
8.
Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
9.
Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
131
Back section (BS) gearbox
7.2
Back section (BS) gearbox
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 78 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
132
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) gearbox
Figure 79 Back section gearbox
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 Cover foil
6 BS joint
7 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
8 M4x12 machine screw
9 Slip ring
10 Groove ring
11 BS drive unit (consists of items 14 and 15)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
M5x50 machine screw
M8x16 machine screw
Back section motor
BS gear
M3x16 machine screw
Standard rail joint
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
6.
Unscrew the standard rail joint [17] (2 countersunk screws), and put them down in a
safe place.
7.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the seat section strut.
8.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
9.
Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
10. Unscrew the BS drive unit [11] (2 machine screws [12] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [13] from the strut).
11. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [11].
12. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [14] out of the back section toothed belt [19].
13. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [11], and put it down safely.
14. Remove the self-adhesive covering foil [5] from the left and right of the BS joint [6].
15. Remove 6 cylindrical pins [7] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
133
Back section (BS) gearbox
16. Remove 6 machine screws [8], and put them down in a safe place.
17. Pull off the BS joint [6], remove 2 slip rings [9] and groove rings [10] in each case, and
put them down in a safe place.
18. Unscrew the back section motor [14] from the BS joint [15] (4 machine screws), and
remove it.
19. Screw the back section motor [14] to the new BS gear (4 machine screws).
20.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [11] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
21. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [14] into the back section toothed belt [19].
22. Mount the BS drive unit [11] (2 machine screws [12] on the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [13] on the strut).
23. If necessary insert new groove rings [10] left and right into the grooves in the BS gear
housing.
24.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [9] onto the groove rings, and slide the BS joint [6] onto the BS
gear [15].
25. Align the BS joint [6] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the BS drive unit [11]
(6 machine screws [8]).
26. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [7].
27. Mount the joint [17] (2 countersunk screws).
28. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foil [5] to the left and right of the BS
joint [6].
29. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
30. Adjust the back section toothed belt [19]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [18] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [16] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [18].
31. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
32. Insert both battery fuses.
33. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
134
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) gearbox
34.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
35. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
36. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
37. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
38. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
39. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
40. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
41. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
42. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
43. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
44. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
135
Back section (BS) motor
7.3
Back section (BS) motor
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 80 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
136
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) motor
Figure 81 Back section motor
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit (consists of items 8 and 9)
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Back section motor
9
10
11
12
BS gear
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [3] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [12].
12. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Unscrew the back section motor [8] from the BS joint [9] (4 machine screws), and
remove it.
14. Screw the new back section motor to the BS gear [9] (4 machine screws).
15.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
137
Back section (BS) motor
16. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [12].
17. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
18. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
19. Adjust the back section toothed belt [12]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [11] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [10] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [11].
20. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
21. Insert both battery fuses.
22. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
23.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
24. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
25. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
26. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
27. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
28. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
29. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
30. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
31. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
32. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
33. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
138
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) toothed belt
7.4
Back section (BS) toothed belt
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 82 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
139
Back section (BS) toothed belt
Figure 83 Back section toothed belt
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Back section motor
9 Toothed-belt cover
10
11
12
13
14
15
Toothed-belt guide
Bridge
Back section toothed belt
Seat section strut
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (back section motor) from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [12].
12. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Repeat work steps 6. to 12. on the other seat section strut.
14. Remove the toothed-belt cover [9] (4 countersunk screws), and put them down in a safe
place.
15. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Pull the back section toothed belt [12] through the seat section struts [13], and remove
it.
140
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) toothed belt
16. Put the toothed belt back into its original position.
Carefully thread the ends of the new back section toothed belt into the two seat section
struts [13], and insert it into the bridge [11] (between the toothed-belt guides [10]).
17.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
18. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [12].
19. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
20. Connect the red and black cables of the back section motor to the plug (see circuit
diagram on page 273).
21. Repeat the work steps 17. to 20. on the other seat section strut.
22. Adjust the back section toothed belt [12]:
Tension equally at both ends.
- Loosen the central machine screw [15] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [14] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [15].
23. Mount the toothed-belt cover [9] (4 countersunk screws).
24. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
25. Insert both battery fuses.
26. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
27.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
28. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
29. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
30. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
31. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
141
Back section (BS) toothed belt
32. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
33. Repeat work steps 30. to 32. on the other seat section strut.
34. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
35. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
36. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
37. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
38. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
142
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) joint
7.5
Back section (BS) joint
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
Figure 84 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Figure 85 Back section joint
4 Cover foil
5 BS joint
6 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
7 M4x12 machine screw
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
8
9
10
11
Slip ring
Groove ring
BS gear
Standard rail joint
143
Back section (BS) joint
7.
Unscrew the standard rail joint [11] (2 countersunk screws), and put them down in a
safe place.
8.
Remove the self-adhesive covering foil [4] from the left and right of the BS joint [5].
9.
Remove 6 cylindrical pins [6] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
10. Remove 6 machine screws [7], and put them down in a safe place.
11. Pull off the BS joint [5] and remove 2 slip rings [8] and groove rings [9] in each case.
12. If necessary insert new groove rings [9] left and right into the grooves in the BS gear
housing.
13.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [8] onto the groove rings, and slide the new BS joint [5] onto the BS
gear [10].
14. Align the BS joint [5] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the BS drive unit
(6 machine screws [7]).
15. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [6].
16. Mount the joint [11] (2 countersunk screws).
17. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foil [4] to the left and right of the BS
joint [5].
18. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
19. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
20. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
144
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) gearbox
7.6
Seat section extension (SSE) gearbox
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 86 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat sections (4 screws [3] from each), and put
them down in a safe place.
Figure 87 Seat section extension gearbox
4 M4x12 machine screw
5 Cover foil
6 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
7 M4x12 machine screw
8 SSE strut joint
9 Slip ring
10 Groove ring
11 Cover (sheet metal guard)
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
SSE drive unit (consists of items 15 and 18
M5x50 machine screw
M8x16 machine screw
SSE motor
M3x16 machine screw
SSE toothed belt
SSE gear
145
Seat section extension (SSE) gearbox
6.
Remove the self-adhesive covering foil [5] from the left and right of the SSE strut
joint [8].
7.
Remove 6 cylindrical pins [6] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
8.
Remove 6 machine screws [7], and put them down in a safe place.
9.
Pull off the strut of the SSE joint [8], remove 2 slip rings [9] and groove rings [10] in
each case, and put them down in a safe place.
10. Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the seat section strut.
11. Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [11] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
12. Unclip the red and black cables (SSE motor) from the plug.
13. Unscrew the SSE drive unit [12] (2 machine screws [13] from the front of the seat
section strut and 2 machine screws [14] from the strut).
14. Take care not to damage the cables of the SSE motor. Carefully pull out the SSE drive
unit [12].
15. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the SSE motor [15] out of the SSE toothed belt [17].
16. Pull out the SSE drive unit [12], and put it down in a safe place.
17. Unscrew the SSE motor [15] from the SSE gear [18] (4 machine screws), and remove it.
18. Screw the SSE motor [15] to the new SSE gear (4 machine screws).
19.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the SSE drive unit [12] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the SSE motor.
20. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the SSE motor [15] into the toothed belt [17].
21. Mount the SSE drive unit [12] (2 machine screws [13] on the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [14] on the strut).
22. If necessary insert new groove rings [10] left and right into the grooves in the SSE gear
housing.
23.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [9] onto the groove rings, and slide the strut of the SSE joint [8] onto
the SSE gear.
24. Align the strut of the SSE joint [8] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the SSE
drive unit [12] (6 machine screws [7]).
25. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [6].
26. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foil to the left and right of the SSE strut
joint [8].
146
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) gearbox
27. Connect the red and black cables of the SSE motor to the plug (see circuit diagram on
page 273).
28. Adjust the seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt [17]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [4] in the SSE motor (clamping plate of the drive
unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [16] on the SSE motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [4].
29. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
30. Insert both battery fuses.
31. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
32.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
33. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
34. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
35. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
36. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [11] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
37. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
38. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat sections (each held by 4 screws [3]).
39. Place the removed pads [1] on the plastic plates [2] and press down across the length
of Velcro.
40. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
41. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
42. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
147
Seat section extension (SSE) motor
7.7
Seat section extension (SSE) motor
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 88 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat sections (4 screws [3] from each), and put
them down in a safe place.
Figure 89 SSE motor
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 SSE drive unit (consists of items 8 and 9)
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 SSE motor
148
3
9
10
11
12
SSE gear
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
SSE toothed belt
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) motor
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (SSE motor) from the plug.
9.
Hold the SSE strut securely.
Unscrew the SSE drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the SSE motor. Carefully pull out the SSE drive
unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the SSE motor [8] out of the SSE toothed belt [12].
12. Pull out the SSE drive unit [5], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Unscrew the SSE motor [8] from the SSE gear [9] (4 machine screws), and remove it.
14. Screw the new SSE motor to the SSE gear [9] (4 machine screws).
15.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the SSE drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the SSE motor.
16. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the SSE motor [8] into the toothed belt [12].
17. Mount the SSE drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
18. Connect the red and black cables of the SSE motor to the plug (see circuit diagram on
page 273).
19. Adjust the seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt [12]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [11] in the SSE motor (clamping plate of the drive
unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [10] on the SSE motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [11].
20. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
21. Insert both battery fuses.
22. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
23.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
24. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
149
Seat section extension (SSE) motor
25. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
26. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
27. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
28. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
29. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat sections (each held by 4 screws [3]).
30. Place the removed pads [1] on the plastic plates [2] and press down across the length
of Velcro.
31. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
32. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
33. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
150
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt
7.8
Seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 90 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat sections (4 screws [3] from each), and put
them down in a safe place.
Figure 91 SSE toothed belt
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 SSE strut
6 SSE drive unit (consists of items 9 and 17)
7 M5x50 machine screw
8 M8x16 machine screw
9 SSE motor
10 Toothed-belt cover
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Toothed-belt guide
Bridge
SSE toothed belt
Seat section strut
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
SSE gear
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
151
Seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt
8.
Unclip the red and black cables (SSE motor) from the plug.
9.
Hold the SSE strut [5] securely.
Unscrew the SSE drive unit [6] (2 machine screws [7] from the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [8] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the SSE motor. Carefully pull out the SSE drive
unit [6].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the SSE motor [9] out of the SSE toothed belt [13].
12. Pull out the SSE drive unit [6], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Repeat work steps 6. to 12. on the other seat section strut.
14. Remove the toothed-belt cover [10] (4 countersunk screws), and put them down in a
safe place.
15. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Pull the SSE toothed belt [13] through the seat section struts [14], and remove it.
16. Put the toothed belt back into its original position.
Carefully thread the ends of the new SSE toothed belt into the two seat section
struts [14], and insert it into the bridge [12] (between the toothed-belt guides [11]).
17.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the SSE drive unit [6] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the SSE motor.
18. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the SSE motor [9] into the toothed belt [13].
19. Mount the SSE drive unit [6] (2 machine screws [7] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [8] on the strut).
20. Connect the red and black cables of the SSE motor to the plug (see circuit diagram on
page 273).
21. Repeat work steps 17. to 20. on the other seat section strut.
22. Adjust the seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt [13]:
Tension equally at both ends.
- Loosen the central machine screw [16] in the SSE motor (clamping plate of the drive
unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [15] on the SSE motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [16].
23. Mount the toothed-belt cover [10] (4 countersunk screws).
24. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
25. Insert both battery fuses.
26. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
152
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt
27.
TEST
Check the functional efficiency of the sensor(s) on the corresponding seat section strut.
Readjust the sensor(s) if necessary (see section 8 on page 189).
28. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
29. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
30. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
31. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
32. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
33. Repeat work steps 30. to 32. on the other seat section strut.
34. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat sections (each held by 4 screws [3]).
35. Place the removed pads [1] on the plastic plates [2] and press down across the length
of Velcro.
36. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
37. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
38. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
153
Seat section extension (SSE) strut
7.9
Seat section extension (SSE) strut
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
4.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
Figure 92 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
154
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
5.
Pull pads [1] off the seat sections, and put them down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat sections (4 screws [3] from each), and put
them down in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) strut
Figure 93 SSE strut (strut of the SSE joint)
4 Groove ring
5 Slip ring
6 Cover foil
7 Cylindrical pin Ø 10 mm x 24 mm
8 SSE strut joint
9 M4x12 machine screw
10 SSE drive unit
7.
Remove the self-adhesive covering foil [6] from the left and right of the SSE strut
joint [8].
8.
Remove 6 cylindrical pins [7] with a pin remover, and put them down in a safe place.
9.
Remove 6 machine screws [9], and put them down in a safe place.
10. Pull off the strut of the SSE joint [8] and remove 2 slip rings [5] and groove rings [4] in
each case.
11. If necessary insert new groove rings [4] left and right into the grooves in the SSE gear
housing.
12.
CAUTION
Danger: Incorrect positioning causes wear on the slip rings.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
Press slip rings [5] onto the groove rings [4], and slide a new strut of the SSE joint [8]
onto the SSE drive unit [10].
13. Align the strut of the SSE joint [8] horizontally (zero position), and screw it to the SSE
drive unit [10] (6 machine screws [9]).
14. Knock in 6 cylindrical pins [6].
15. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foil [6] to the left and right of the SSE
strut joint [8].
16. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat sections (each held by 4 screws [3]).
17. Place the removed pads [1] on the plastic plates [2] and press down across the length
of Velcro.
18. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
155
Seat section extension (SSE) strut
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
156
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Energy chain
7.10
Energy chain
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 94 Energy chain
1 Plate (panel)
2 Plate (Energy chain cover)
3
4
Energy chain
End piece
4.
Remove the plate (panel) [1] from the side of the seat section strut (2 countersunk
screws), and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Remove the plate (energy chain cover) [2] from the column head (2 machine screws),
and put them down in a safe place.
6.
Remove the cable binders, and unhook the energy chain [3] from one/both end
piece(s) [4].
7.
Note the positions of the cables.
Carefully pull the cables out of the energy chain.
8.
If necessary, unscrew the end pieces [4] of the energy chain (2 countersunk screws),
and replace with new ones.
9.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Put the cables back into their original positions.
Lay the cables into the energy chain (do not cross them over).
10. Hook the energy chain [3] onto the end pieces [4]. Lock the chain links completely
together.
11. Fix the cables with cable binders.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
157
Energy chain
12.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Mount the plate (energy chain cover) [2] on the column head (2 machine screws).
13. Mount the plate (panel) [1] on the side of the seat section strut (2 countersunk screws).
14. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
15. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
158
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Locking unit
7.11
Locking unit
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 95 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
159
Locking unit
Figure 96 Locking unit
4 Head cover
5 M5x12 machine screw
6 Locking unit
7.
7
8
Upper bolt
Lower bolt
NOTE
Do not let any parts fall into the column.
Remove the head cover [4] (4 fillister-head screws), and put them down in a safe place.
8.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull the plug out of the defective locking unit at the side of the membrane keyboard on
the column head [6], and remove the cable binders.
9.
Remove 4 machine screws [5] from the locking unit [6], and put them down in a safe
place.
10. Remove one retaining washer from each of the upper [7] and lower bolts [8] (not from
the bolt with the hinge springs), and put them down in a safe place.
11. Hold the locking unit [6] securely.
Remove the upper [7] and lower bolts [8], and put them down in a safe place.
12. Take note of where the locking unit [6] had been fitted.
Carefully pull the defective locking unit out of the column head, and remove it.
13. Put the locking unit back into its original position.
Carefully insert the new locking unit into the column head.
14. Insert the lower bolt [7], and mount the retaining washer.
15. Insert the upper bolt [8], and mount the retaining washer.
16. Mount the locking unit [6] on the column head (4 machine screws [5]).
17. Put the cables back into their original positions, and connect the plugs to the new
locking unit [6]. Fix the cables with cable binders.
160
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Locking unit
18. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [4] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
19. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
20. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
21. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
22. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
161
Distributor board
7.12
Distributor board
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 97 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
162
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Distributor board
Figure 98 Distributor board with holder
4 Head cover
5 Distributor board
7.
6
7
Holder
Snap-in lug
NOTE
Do not let any parts fall into the column.
Remove the head cover [4] (4 fillister-head screws), and put them down in a safe place.
8.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull all plugs out of the defective distributor board [5], and remove the cable binders.
9.
Unscrew the holder [6] with the distributor board [5] from the tabletop (4 countersunk
screws), free it up, and carefully remove it in an upward direction.
10. Press 4 snap-in lugs [7] (spacers) together, starting on one side of the distributor
board [5], and carefully pull the printed circuit board up and off the holder [6].
11. Place the new distributor board on the snap-in lugs [7] of the holder [6], and click it
securely into place.
12. Insert the holder [6] carefully into the tabletop, and mount (4 countersunk screws).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
163
Distributor board
A
B
Figure 99 Distributor board
A Seat section strut side
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
Reserve
RS485/232 interface (2x)
HE (head end) IR/interface
FE (foot end) IR/interface
LD microbutton
B
Column head side
X7 BS -55° REF/END sensors
X9 SSE/BS END sensors
X13 SSE -75° END sensor
X14 OR adapter sensor
13. Put the cables back into their original positions, and insert all plugs into the new
distributor board [5] (see circuit diagram on page 273). Fix the cables with cable
binders.
14. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [4] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
15. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
16. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
17. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
18. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
164
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton
7.13
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 100 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
5.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
6.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Figure 101 LD microbutton
4 Head cover
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
5
Distributor board
165
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton
7.
NOTE
Do not let any parts fall into the column.
Remove the head cover [4] (4 fillister-head screws), and put them down in a safe place.
Figure 102 LD microbutton
6 Plate (panel)
7 Energy chain
8
9
Plate (Energy chain cover)
LD microbutton
8.
Remove the plate (panel) [6] from the side of the seat section strut (2 countersunk
screws), and put them down in a safe place.
9.
Remove the plate (energy chain cover) [8] from the column head (2 machine screws),
and put them down in a safe place.
10. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
11. Insert both battery fuses.
12. Switch on the operating table, and move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
13. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
14. Remove and safely put down the both battery fuses.
15. Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
16. Take note of the mounting position of the LD microbutton.
Unscrew the LD microbutton [9] together with holding plate (on the left-hand side at
the bottom of the column head above the energy chain [7]; 2 countersunk screws).
17. Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull the LD microbutton plugs out of the distributor board [5], and remove the cable
binders.
18. Remove the holding plate together with LD microbutton and its cable from the column
head.
166
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Longitudinal displacement (LD) microbutton
19. Unscrew the defective LD microbutton [9] from the holding plate (2 machine screws).
20. Mount the new LD microbutton [9] on the holding plate (2 machine screws).
21. Put the LD microbutton back into its original position.
Insert and mount the LD microbutton [9], together with the holding plate, in the column
head (2 countersunk screws).
22. Put the cables back into their original positions, and insert the plug of the LD
microbutton [9] into the appropriate socket on the distributor board [5]. Fix the cables
with cable binders.
23. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
24. Insert both battery fuses.
25. Switch on the operating table, and move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
26. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
27.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Mount the plate (energy chain cover) [8] on the column head (2 machine screws).
28. Mount the plate (panel) [6] on the side of the seat section strut (2 countersunk screws).
29. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [4] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
30. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
31. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
32. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
33. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
34. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
167
OR adapter sensor
7.14
OR adapter sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
4.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
5.
Open the tabletop (see section 5.5 on page 21, work steps 5. to 7.).
Figure 103 OR adapter sensor
1 Head cover
2 OR adapter sensor
3
4
Distributor board
M3x6 machine screw
6.
Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Pull the plug of the OR adapter sensor [2] out of the distributor board [3], and remove
the cable binders.
7.
Unscrew the OR adapter sensor [2] from the head end of the column head (2 machine
screws [4]).
8.
Remove the defective OR adapter sensor [2] and its cable from the column head.
9.
Thread the cable of the new OR adapter sensor into the column head, and mount the
sensor (2 machine screws [4]).
10. Put the cables back into their original positions, and insert the plug of the OR adapter
sensor [2] into the appropriate socket on the distributor board [3]. Fix the cables with
cable binders.
11. Do not jam or damage the expansion bellows.
Place the head cover [1] carefully on the tabletop, and screw tight (4 fillister-head
screws).
12. Remount the plastic plate on the seat section (4 screws).
13. Place the removed pad on the plastic plate and press down across the length of Velcro.
14. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
15. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
168
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
OR adapter sensor
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
169
Seat section extension (SSE) END sensor
7.15
Seat section extension (SSE) END sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 104 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat sections (4 screws [3] from each), and put
them down in a safe place.
Figure 105 SSE END sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 SSE strut
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 SSE motor
9 M4x12 countersunk screw
170
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
SSE END sensor
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
SSE toothed belt
Terminal block
SSE drive unit
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) END sensor
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the left-hand seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (SSE END sensor) and red and black (SSE motor) cables
from the plug.
9.
Hold the SSE strut [5] securely.
Unscrew the SSE drive unit (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the SSE motor. Carefully pull out the SSE drive
unit.
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the SSE motor [8] out of the SSE toothed belt [13].
12. Pull out the SSE drive unit [15], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [9] on the inner side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [9] as the terminal block [14] would
then fall.
14. Pull the defective SSE END sensor [10] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new SSE END sensor [10] through the terminal block [14] in the seat section
strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the SSE drive unit [15] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the SSE motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the SSE motor [8] into the toothed belt [13].
18. Mount the SSE drive unit [15] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (SSE END sensor) and red and black (SSE motor) cables onto
the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt [13]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [12] in the SSE motor (clamping plate of the drive
unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [11] on the SSE motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [12].
21. Position the SSE END sensor [10] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an
countersunk screw [9].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
171
Seat section extension (SSE) END sensor
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensor is in good working order.
Readjust the SSE END sensor [10] and SSE -75° END sensor if necessary (see
section 8.5 on page 194 and see section 8.12 on page 201).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat sections (each held by 4 screws [3]).
32. Place the removed pads [1] on the plastic plates [2] and press down across the length
of Velcro.
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
172
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) END sensor
7.16
Back section (BS) END sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 106 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
173
Back section (BS) END sensor
Figure 107 BS END sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Back section motor
9 M4x12 countersunk screw
10
11
12
13
14
BS END sensor
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
Terminal block
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the left-hand seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (BS END sensor) and red and black (back section motor)
cables from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [13].
12. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [9] on the inner side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [9] as the terminal block [14] would
then fall.
14. Pull the defective BS END sensor [10] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new BS END sensor [10] through the terminal block [14] in the seat section
strut.
174
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) END sensor
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [13].
18. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (BS END sensor) and red and black (back section motor)
cables onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the back section toothed belt [13]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [12] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [11] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [12].
21. Position the SSE END sensor [10] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an
countersunk screw [9].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensor is in good working order.
Readjust the BS END sensor [10] if necessary (see section 8.6 on page 195).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
175
Back section (BS) END sensor
32. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
176
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) reference (REF) sensor
7.17
Seat section extension (SSE) reference (REF) sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 108 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat sections (4 screws [3] from each), and put
them down in a safe place.
Figure 109 SSE REF sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 SSE drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 SSE motor
9 M4x12 countersunk screw
6.
10
11
12
13
14
SSE REF sensor
M3x16 machine screw
M4x12 machine screw
SSE toothed belt
Terminal block
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the right-hand seat section strut.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
177
Seat section extension (SSE) reference (REF) sensor
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [7] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (SSE REF sensor) and red and black (SSE motor) cables from
the plug.
9.
Hold the SSE strut securely.
Unscrew the SSE drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the SSE motor. Carefully pull out the SSE drive
unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the SSE motor [8] out of the SSE toothed belt [13].
12. Pull out the SSE drive unit [5], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [9] on the inner side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [9] as the terminal block [14] would
then fall.
14. Pull the defective SSE REF sensor [10] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new SSE REF sensor [10] through the terminal block [14] in the seat section
strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the SSE drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the SSE motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [13].
18. Mount the SSE drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (SSE REF sensor) and red and black (SSE motor) cables onto
the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt [13]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [12] in the SSE motor (clamping plate of the drive
unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [11] on the SSE motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [12].
21. Position the SSE REF sensor [10] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an countersunk
screw [9].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
178
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) reference (REF) sensor
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensor is in good working order.
Readjust the SSE REF sensor [10] if necessary (see section 8.9 on page 198).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat sections (each held by 4 screws [3]).
32. Place the removed pads [1] on the plastic plates [2] and press down across the length
of Velcro.
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
179
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor
7.18
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 110 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Figure 111 BS REF sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Back section motor
9 M4x12 countersunk screw
180
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
BS REF sensor
M3x16 machine screw
BS -55° END sensor
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
Terminal block
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the right-hand seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (BS REF sensor) and red and black (back section motor)
cables from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [14].
12. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [9] on the inner side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [9] as the terminal block [15] would
then fall.
14. Pull the defective BS REF sensor [10] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new BS REF sensor [10] through the terminal block [15] in the seat section
strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [14].
18. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (BS REF sensor) and red and black (back section motor) cables
onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the back section toothed belt [14]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [13] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [11] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [13].
21. Position the BS REF sensor [10] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an countersunk
screw [9].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
181
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensors are in good working order.
Readjust the BS REF sensor [10] and BS -55° END sensor [12] if necessary (see
section 8.10 on page 199 and see section 8.13 on page 202).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
32. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
182
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) -75° END sensor
7.19
Seat section extension (SSE) -75° END sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 112 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
3
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pads [1] off the seat sections, and put them down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plates [2] from the seat sections (4 screws [3] from each), and put
them down in a safe place.
Figure 113 SSE -75° END sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 SSE drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 SSE motor
9 SSE END sensor
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
10
11
12
13
14
15
M3x16 machine screw
SSE -75° END sensor
M4x12 countersunk screw
M4x12 machine screw
SSE toothed belt
Terminal block
183
Seat section extension (SSE) -75° END sensor
6.
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the left-hand seat section strut.
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (SSE -75° END sensor) and red and black (SSE motor)
cables from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the SSE drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the SSE motor. Carefully pull out the SSE drive
unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the SSE motor [8] out of the SSE toothed belt [14].
12. Pull out the SSE drive unit [5], and put it down in a safe place.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [12] on the outer side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [12] as the terminal block [15]
would then fall.
14. Pull the defective SSE -75° END sensor [11] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new SSE -75° END sensor [11] through the terminal block [15] in the seat
section strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the SSE drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the SSE motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the SSE motor [8] into the toothed belt [14].
18. Mount the SSE drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (SSE -75° END sensor) and red and black (SSE motor) cables
onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the seat section extension (SSE) toothed belt [14]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [13] in the SSE motor (clamping plate of the drive
unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [10] on the SSE motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [13].
21. Position the SSE -75° END sensor [11] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an
countersunk screw [12].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
184
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) -75° END sensor
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensors are in good working order.
Readjust the SSE END sensor [9] and SSE -75° END sensor [11] if necessary (see
section 8.5 on page 194 and see section 8.12 on page 201).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Mount the plastic plates [2] on the seat sections (each held by 4 screws [3]).
32. Place the removed pads [1] on the plastic plates [2] and press down across the length
of Velcro.
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
185
Back section (BS) -55° END sensor
7.20
Back section (BS) -55° END sensor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
Figure 114 Pad plate
1 Pad
2 Plastic plate
M8x20 fillister-head screw
4.
Pull pad [1] off the seat section, and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Unscrew the plastic plate [2] from the seat section (4 screws [3]), and put them down
in a safe place.
Figure 115 BS -55° END sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
4 Cover (sheet metal guard)
5 BS drive unit
6 M5x50 machine screw
7 M8x16 machine screw
8 Back section motor
9 BS -55° END sensor
6.
186
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
M3x16 machine screw
BS REF sensor
M4x12 countersunk screw
M4x12 machine screw
Back section toothed belt
Terminal block
Pull the self-adhesive covering foils off the right-hand seat section strut.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) -55° END sensor
7.
Remove the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] (2 machine screws), and put them down in
a safe place.
8.
Unclip the blue and brown (BS -55° END sensor) and red and black (back section
motor) cables from the plug.
9.
Unscrew the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] from the front of the seat section
strut, and 2 machine screws [7] from the strut).
10. Take care not to damage the cables of the back section motor. Carefully pull out the
BS drive unit [5].
11. Take note of the mounting position of the toothed belt.
Carefully pull the back section motor [8] out of the back section toothed belt [14].
12. Carefully pull out the BS drive unit [5], and put it down safely.
13. Loosen the countersunk screw [12] on the outer side of the seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw [12] as the terminal block [15]
would then fall.
14. Pull the defective BS -55° END sensor [9] out of the seat section strut.
15. Push the new BS -55° END sensor [9] through the terminal block [15] in the seat section
strut.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable.
Take care that cables are not crushed during assembly.
Slide the BS drive unit [5] together with the connecting cables carefully into the seat
section strut, and thread in the cables of the back section motor.
17. Ensure that the toothed belt is fitted correctly (over the tension roller).
Carefully insert the back section motor [8] into the back section toothed belt [14].
18. Mount the BS drive unit [5] (2 machine screws [6] on the front of the seat section strut
and 2 machine screws [7] on the strut).
19. Clip the blue and brown (BS -55° END sensor) and red and black (back section motor)
cables onto the plug (see circuit diagram on page 273).
20. Adjust the back section toothed belt [14]:
- Loosen the central machine screw [13] in the back section motor (clamping plate of
the drive unit).
- Determine the frequency of vibration of the toothed belt with the SM4 strand tension
gauge, and set the tension of the toothed belt with the aid of the two vertical machine
screws [10] on the back section motor (check initial tension 95 Hz ± 5 three times
consecutively).
- Tighten the central machine screw [13].
21. Position the BS -55° END sensor [9] in the seat section strut, and fixate with an
countersunk screw [12].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
23. Insert both battery fuses.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
187
Back section (BS) -55° END sensor
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
25.
TEST
Check that the sensors are in good working order.
Readjust the BS REF sensor [11] and BS -55° END sensor [9] if necessary (see
section 8.10 on page 199 and see section 8.13 on page 202).
26. Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
27. Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
28. Carefully insert the plug into the seat section strut.
29. Mount the cover (sheet metal guard) [4] and connect the cable shielding (2 machine
screws).
30. If necessary, attach new self-adhesive covering foils over the apertures in the seat
section strut.
31. Remount the plastic plate [2] on the seat section (4 screws [3]).
32. Place the removed pad [1] on the plastic plate [2] and press down across the length of
Velcro.
33. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
34. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
35. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
188
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Trendelenburg limit switch group
8
Adjustment
8.1
Trendelenburg limit switch group
Figure 116 Adjustment of Trendelenburg limit switch group
1 Limit switch base plate
2 Snap switch
3
4
M3x8 machine screw
M3x20 machine screw
1.
Loosen the appropriate switch plate with snap switch [2] on the limit switch base
plate [1] (do not remove 2 screws [3]/[4]).
2.
Place level with angle display lengthwise on the pad plate without pad/on the column
head and operate the Trendelenburg drive until the corresponding maximum angle
(target angle for the Trendelenburg/anti-Trendelenburg position) is displayed on the
level.
MARS
operating
table
maximum Trendelenburg
position
maximum anti-Trendelenburg
position
2.01-2.04
30°
35°
2.05/2.06
25°
35°
2.07/2.08
35°
25°
2.11
30°
35°
3.
Turn loosened switch plate with snap switch [2] to the edge of the column head until
the snap switch is activated.
4.
Install switch plate (2 screws [3]/[4]).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
189
Inclination sensor
8.2
Inclination sensor
NOTE
The inclination sensor is a part of the distribution board. They cannot be replaced
separately.
The following equipment is needed for adjusting the inclination sensor:
• PC/notebook with PC software service tool
• Connecting cable for RS232 port on the operating table
• Spirit level with digital display
The inclination sensor is adjusted in several stages:
1.
Prepare the operating table (zero position) (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Raise the column to its highest position.
3.
MARS 2.02 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
Actuate the longitudinal displacement to bring the tabletop into its central position.
4.
Start PC/notebook.
5.
Connect the PC/notebook to the RS232 port on the operating table by the adapter
cable.
6.
Start the PC software service tool:
- Connect to the operating table: Menu “OR table  Establish connection”
- Call the menu for calibrating the inclination sensor: “OR table  Set motor & sensor
parameters  Calibrate tilt”
7.
Zero the Trendelenburg and tilt of the tabletop with the aid of a spirit level (set
horizontally):
- Place the spirit level on the inner joint sections in order to zero the Trendelenburg
- Place the spirit level on the seat section (without pad) in order to zero the tilt
- If necessary, readjust the tabletop by means of the Trendelenburg/tilt functions on
the remote control/column keypad
8.
Transfer the zero position to the PC software service tool: “Neutral pos.  Set”
The zero position of the tabletop has now been saved.
9.
Set the tabletop to approx. a 24° Trendelenburg or 32° anti-Trendelenburg position
with the remote control/column keypad. Read the exact angle of inclination on the
spirit level, input it into the PC software service tool under “Actual value
Trendelenburg”, and save with the “Calibrate” button (Note: don’t forget the sign of
the value input). Return the Trendelenburg to the zero position (Zero position button
on remote control/column keypad).
10. Set a tilt to the left or right of approx. 22° with the remote control/column keypad. Read
the exact angle of inclination on the spirit level, input it into the PC software service
tool under “Actual value tilt“, and save with the “Calibrate” button (Note: don’t forget
the sign of the value input). Return the tilt to the zero position (Zero position button on
remote control/column keypad).
190
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Inclination sensor
11. Check the Trendelenburg/anti-Trendelenburg and tilt left/right functions with the
remote control/column keypad. The difference between the inclination value on the
spirit level and that in the service tool (button „Service and Diagnostic overview“ “Column” tab) must not exceed 0.2°. Repeat the calibration if necessary (if the
difference between the displayed values is greater than 0.2°).
12. After the calibration, break the connection to the operating table:
- “OR table  Disconnect connection”
- Remove the connecting cable
- Switch the operating table Off
- Power down the PC/notebook
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
191
Leg section (LS) END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
8.3
Leg section (LS) END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
3
1
Z
2
Figure 117 Adjustment of the LS END sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 LS END sensor
2 LS joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the corresponding leg section motor to its upper (or lower) switching point.
2.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the foot end on the inner side of the right-hand
seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 70, items 9 and 14).
3.
Set the sensor gap to the LS joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting the LS END
sensor [3] (use a gauge).
4.
Fixate the LS END sensor [3] with an countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the LS END sensors:
• Couple one leg section to each of the two leg section joints.
• Move both the leg sections down (or up) a little.
• Move both leg sections into the upper (or lower) end position.
• The ends of the leg sections must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the final position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
192
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
8.4
Back section (BS) END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
2
Z
1
3
Figure 118 Adjustment of the BS END sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 BS END sensor
2 BS joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the corresponding back section motor to its upper (or lower) switching point.
2.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the head end on the inner side of the right-hand
seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 70, items 9 and 14).
3.
Set the sensor gap to the strut of the BS joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting
the BS END sensor [3] (use a gauge).
4.
Fixate the BS END sensor [3] with an countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the BS END sensors:
• Move both of the back section struts down (or up) a little.
• Move the back section struts into the upper (or lower) end position.
• The ends of the back section struts must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when
they reach the end position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
193
Seat section extension (SSE) END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
8.5
Seat section extension (SSE) END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
Figure 119 Adjustment of the SSE END sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 SSE END sensor
2 SSE joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the corresponding SSE motor to its upper (or lower) switching point.
2.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the foot end on the inner side of the left-hand seat
section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 105, items 9 and 14).
3.
Set the sensor gap to the strut of the SSE joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting
the SSE END sensor [3] (use a gauge).
4.
Fixate the SSE END sensor [3] with an countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the SSE END sensors:
• Move both of the SSE struts down (or up) a little.
• Move the SSE struts into the upper (or lower) end position.
• The ends of the SSE struts must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the end position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
194
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
8.6
Back section (BS) END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
Figure 120 Adjustment of the BS END sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 BS END sensor
2 BS joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the corresponding back section motor to its upper (or lower) switching point.
2.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the head end on the inner side of the left-hand
seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 107, items 9 and 14).
3.
Set the sensor gap to the BS joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting the BS END
sensor [3] (use a gauge).
4.
Fixate the BS END sensor [3] with countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the BS END sensors:
• Couple one leg section to each of the two back section joints.
• Move both the leg sections down (or up) a little.
• Move both leg sections into the upper (or lower) end position.
• The ends of the leg sections must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the final position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
195
Leg section (LS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
8.7
Leg section (LS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
3
A
1
Z
2
A
Figure 121 Adjustment of the LS REF sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 LS REF sensor
2 LS joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the corresponding leg section motor to the central switching point.
2.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the foot end on the inner side of the left-hand seat
section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 72, items 9 and 15).
3.
Set the sensor gap to the LS joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting the LS REF
sensor [3] (use a gauge).
4.
Fixate the LS REF sensor [3] with countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the LS REF sensors:
• Couple one leg section to each of the two leg section joints.
• Move both leg sections up (or down) a little.
• Approach the zero position from the same direction.
• The ends of the leg sections must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the zero position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
196
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
8.8
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
2
Z
A
3
1
A
Figure 122 Adjustment of the BS REF sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 BS REF sensor
2 BS joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the corresponding back section motor to the central switching point.
2.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the head end on the inner side of the left-hand
seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 74, items 9 and 14).
3.
Set the sensor gap to the strut of the BS joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting
the BS REF sensor [3] (use a gauge).
4.
Fixate the BS REF sensor [3] with countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the BS REF sensors:
• Move the back section struts up or down a little.
• Travel to zero position.
• The ends of the back section struts must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when
they reach the zero position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
197
Seat section extension (SSE) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
8.9
Seat section extension (SSE) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
Figure 123 Adjustment of the SSE REF sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 SSE REF sensor
2 SSE joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the corresponding SSE motor to the central switching point.
2.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the foot end on the inner side of the right-hand
seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 109, items 9 and 14).
3.
Set the sensor gap to the strut of the SSE joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting
the SSE REF sensor [3] (use a gauge).
4.
Fixate the SSE REF sensor [3] with countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the SSE REF sensors:
• Move the SSE struts up or down a little.
• Travel to zero position.
• The ends of the SSE struts must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the zero position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
198
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
8.10
Back section (BS) reference (REF) sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
Figure 124 Adjustment of the BS REF sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 BS REF sensor
2 BS joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the corresponding back section motor to the central switching point.
2.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the head end on the inner side of the right-hand
seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 111, items 9 and 15).
3.
Set the sensor gap to the BS joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting the BS REF
sensor [3] (use a gauge).
4.
Fixate the BS REF sensor [3] with countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the BS REF sensors:
• Couple one leg section to each of the two back section joints.
• Move both leg sections up (or down) a little.
• Approach the zero position from the same direction.
• The ends of the leg sections must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the zero position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
199
Leg section (LS) -35° END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
8.11
Leg section (LS) -35° END sensor (MARS 2.01-2.06, MARS 2.11)
3
1
Z
2
Figure 125 Adjustment of the LS -35° END sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 LS -35° END sensor
2 LS joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the head end stop.
2.
Move the corresponding leg section motor to the lower switching point.
3.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the foot end on the outer side of the left-hand seat
section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 76, items 12 and 15).
4.
Set the sensor gap to the LS joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting the LS -35°
END sensor [3] (use a gauge).
5.
Fixate the LS -35° END sensor [3] with countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the LS -35° END sensor:
• Couple one leg section to each of the two leg section joints.
• Move both leg sections up a little.
• Move both leg sections to the lower end position.
• The ends of the leg sections must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the final position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
200
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Seat section extension (SSE) -75° END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
8.12
Seat section extension (SSE) -75° END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
Figure 126 Adjustment of the SSE -75° END sensor (left-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 SSE -75° END sensor
2 SSE joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
2.
Move the corresponding SSE motor to the lower switching point.
3.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the foot end on the outer side of the left-hand seat
section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 113, items 12 and 15).
4.
Set the sensor gap to the SSE joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting the
SSE -75° END sensor [3] (use a gauge).
5.
Fixate the SSE -75° END sensor [3] with countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the SSE -75° END sensor:
• Couple one leg section to each of the two SSE joints.
• Move both leg sections up a little.
• Move both leg sections to the lower end position.
• The ends of the leg sections must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the final position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
201
Back section (BS) -55° END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
8.13
Back section (BS) -55° END sensor (MARS 2.07/2.08)
Figure 127 Adjustment of the BS -55° END sensor (right-hand seat section strut)
1 M4x12 countersunk screw
3 BS -55° END sensor
2 BS joint
Z Gap = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
1.
Move the tabletop carefully up to the foot end stop.
2.
Move the corresponding back section motor to the lower switching point.
3.
Loosen the countersunk screw [1] at the head end on the outer side of the right-hand
seat section strut.
NOTE
Do not completely unscrew the countersunk screw as the terminal block would then
fall (see Figure 115, items 12 and 15).
4.
Set the sensor gap to the BS joint [2] to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm [Z] by shifting the BS -55°
END sensor [3] (use a gauge).
5.
Fixate the BS -55° END sensor [3] with countersunk screw [1].
TEST
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again (gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Check the BS -55° END sensor:
• Couple one leg section to each of the two back section joints.
• Move both leg sections up a little.
• Move both leg sections to the lower end position.
• The ends of the leg sections must not have drifted more than 1 cm apart when they reach
the final position.
• If necessary, readjust the switching distance of the sensor (it must not exceed 0.3 mm).
202
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Configure the electronic unit
9
“Service tool” PC software
The Service tool is a programme for the PC which can be used to select various settings for
the operating table. In addition, information about the system or operating table error
memory can be called up and saved.
9.1
Configure the electronic unit
After replacing the electronic unit, the following parameters must be set via the "Service tool"
PC software:
• Serial number
• Equipment
• IR Code of the operating table
• Battery load parameter
• Motor - target speed
The parameters must not be set individually if the electronic unit data was previously saved.
In this case, the saved data can be copied to the electronic unit (see section 9.2 on
page 204).
Set parameters:
1.
Start the PC/Notebook.
2.
Connect PC/Notebook via adapter cable with RS232 interface on the operating table.
3.
Start up the “Service tool” PC software and establish a connection to the operating
table (Menu “OR table  Establish connection”).
4.
Enter and save the serial number: Menu “OR table  Set table parameters  Serial
number“.
5.
In the list select and save operating table variant 1): Menu “OR table  Set table
parameters  Equipment“. Important: if the incorrect operating table variant is
selected this can later lead to serious malfunctions!
6.
Enter and save IR code 1): Menu “OR table  Set table parameters  Infraredaddress“.
7.
Select and save the type of battery installed: Menu “OR table  Set table parameters
 Charging parameters“. Press the “Set Exide param“ or “Set Panasonic-param.“
button.
8.
Check, enter and save the target speed for the various motors using the following
table: Menu “OR table  Set motor & sensor parameters  Target velocity“.
1)
Motor
Value
Leg section
58
Back section
58
Main lift
76
Tilt
76
see label on the operating table
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
203
Copying the parameters for the electronic unit
9.
Motor
Value
Running gear
90
Jacking
90
LV bar
90
Trendelenburg
76
Disconnect the connection to the operating table via the PC software (Menu “OR table
 Disconnect connection”).
10. Remove adapter cable.
11. Restart the operating table.
9.2
Copying the parameters for the electronic unit
The parameters of the installed electronic unit can be read out and saved via the PC
software. After replacing the electronic unit the parameters saved can be copied onto the
new electronic unit in the operating table. In this way, the electronic unit can be configured
much faster.
Copy parameters:
204
1.
Start the PC/Notebook.
2.
Connect PC/Notebook via adapter cable with RS232 interface on the operating table.
3.
Start up the “Service tool” PC software and establish a connection to the operating
table (Menu “OR table  Establish connection”).
4.
Read out and save the parameters of the installed electronic unit: Menu “OR table 
Export Table Parameters“.
5.
Replace electronic unit.
6.
Copy the parameters that were previously saved onto the new electronic unit in the
operating table: Menu “OR table  Import Table Parameters“.
7.
Restart the operating table: Menu “OR table  Deactivate table“. Then switch on the
operating table on the column keypad.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Data for the electronic unit
9.3
Data for the electronic unit
The following electronic unit data can be saved and imported:
• Error memory (errors from the operating table can be evaluated at a later point in time
and without a connection to the operating table).
• Operating table equipment
Export data:
1.
Start the PC/Notebook.
2.
Connect PC/Notebook via adapter cable with RS232 interface on the operating table.
3.
Start up the “Service tool” PC software and establish a connection to the operating
table (Menu “OR table  Establish connection”).
4.
Read out and save data: “Service  Export data“. If necessary, change the path for
the file storage (answer questions about the default directory with “No“). Three DAT
files are saved:
File name (*.dat)
Content
DataExport_Log_<Date>_<Time>
Error memory
DataExport_Configuration_<Date>_<Time>
Operating table equipment
DataExport_Application_<Date>_<Time>
Programme settings (Data
cannot be imported).
Delete error memory and import new data:
Before importing new data, the error memory should be deleted in Service tool. The error
memory in the operating table is not affected by this.
1.
Start the PC/Notebook.
2.
Start “Service tool” PC software.
3.
Display error memory in Service tool: Menu “Messages & Errors  Display error”.
Press the “Delete“ button.
4.
Import the error memory in Service tool: Menu “Messages & Errors  Import errors”.
Select and open „DataExport_Log_<Date>_<Time>.dat“.
Export operating table equipment:
1.
Start the PC/Notebook.
2.
Start “Service tool” PC software.
3.
Import operating table equipment in Service tool: Menu “Master data  Import
equipment”. Select and open „DataExport_Configuration_<Date>_<Time>.dat“.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
205
Batteries
10
Repair Guide for the Running Gear
10.1
Batteries
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Always replace the complete set of batteries!
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
Figure 128 Running gear - battery compartment
1 Cover battery compartment
2 Cover plate
3 Battery
4
5
Fuse
Battery-fastening bracket
4.
Carefully remove the cover from the battery compartment [1] on the running gear, and
put it down in a safe place.
5.
Remove the cover plate [2] (4 countersunk screws), and put them down in a safe place.
6.
Remove and store both battery fuses safely [4].
7.
Remove two cables from each of the 2 batteries (on the battery set) [3].
8.
Remove the battery-fastening bracket [5] (2 machine screws) and store safely.
9.
Remove the entire battery set.
10. Install a new battery set.
206
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Batteries
11. Assemble the battery-fastening bracket [5] (2 machine screws).
12.
CAUTION
Danger of a short circuit!
Connecting the battery terminals incorrectly causes damage.
Connect the batteries [3] correctly (positive and negative terminals)! The voltage
between brown (bn) and white (ws) is 24 V DC.
13. Insert both battery fuses [4].
14. Mount the cover plate [2] (4 countersunk screws).
15. Put the cover battery compartment [1] on the running gear.
16. Check the charge in the batteries (charge with mains power supply if necessary!).
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
207
Mains socket
10.2
Mains socket
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
Figure 129 Mains socket in the running gear
1 Running gear
2 Potential connection
3 Cover
4
5
6
Mains socket (plug filter)
M3x8 fillister-head screw
Fuse socket
4.
Lift the mains socket [4] cover [3] and remove 2 fillister-head screws [5].
5.
Carefully pull the mains socket [4] forward, out from the running gear [1].
6.
Make note of the installation position and the pin assignment!
Disconnect all cables and remove the mains socket [4].
7.
Pry out the fuse socket [6] from the defective and the new mains socket with a
screwdriver.
8.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Bear in mind the wiring diagram (page 273) and the fuse overview!
Remove the defective mains socket’s fuses individually; test; replace if necessary and
stick them into the new mains socket’s fuse socket.
9.
Insert the new fuse socket into the new mains socket.
10. Pay attention to the cables’ pin assignment!
Connect all cables to the new mains socket [4] (see also section 14 on page 273).
11. Make sure that the mains socket is in its original installation position (fuse socket on
top)!
Carefully insert the mains socket [4] into the running gear [1] and assemble (2 fillisterhead screws [5]).
12. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
208
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Power supply fuses
10.3
Power supply fuses
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
Figure 130 Mains socket with fuse block
1 Running gear
2 Potential connection
3 Cover
4.
4
5
6
Mains socket (plug filter)
Fuse socket
Fuse
Raise the mains socket [4] cover [3] and prise the fuse socket [5] out with a screwdriver.
5.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Bear in mind the wiring diagram (page 273) and the fuse overview!
Remove the fuses [6] individually; test; and replace if needed.
6.
Install fuse socket [5].
7.
Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
209
Battery fuses
10.4
Battery fuses
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
Figure 131 Fuses in battery compartment
1 Cover battery compartment
2 Cover plate
3
4
Battery
Fuse
4.
Carefully remove the cover from the battery compartment [1] on the running gear, and
put it down in a safe place.
5.
Remove the cover plate [2] (4 countersunk screws), and put them down in a safe place.
6.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries [3].
7.
CAUTION
Risk of material damage.
Bear in mind the wiring diagram (page 273) and the fuse overview!
Remove the fuses [4] individually; test; and replace if needed.
8.
Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries [3].
9.
Mount the cover plate [2] (4 countersunk screws).
10. Put the cover battery compartment [1] on the running gear.
11. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check the operating table functions.
210
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Castor with locking device MARS 2.01/2.02
10.5
Castor with locking device MARS 2.01/2.02
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
5.
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
3
1
4
2
7
6
2
3
5
Figure 132 Front castor, foot end, with brake and directional travel MARS 2.01/2.02
1 Front cap
5 Shaft
2 Castor with locking device
6 Pull frame
3 Brake Bowden cable
7 Lever
4 Directional travel Bowden cable
6.
Remove front cap [1] from the defective castor [2] and store safely.
7.
Take note of where the Bowden cables have been laid!
Unscrew the defective castor [2] (4 machine screws).
8.
Unhook the directional travel Bowden cable [4] from the castor’s lever [7].
9.
Note the screw depth of the brake Bowden cable [3].
10. Unscrew the brake Bowden cable [3] from the axle [5] in the pull frame [6] with the
help of pliers.
11. Restore the original screw-in depth of the brake Bowden cable!
Screw in the brake Bowden cable [3] into the axle [5] in the pull frame of the new castor
with locking device.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
211
Castor with locking device MARS 2.01/2.02
12. Hook the directional travel Bowden cable [4] into the new castor’s lever [7].
13. Mount the new castor (4 machine screws).
14. Put the Bowden cables [3]/[4] back into its original position.
15. Set the brake and directional travel so that they function safely and smoothly. If
necessary, readjust the Bowden cables [3]/[4] with the nuts (on the drive axle).
16. Clip the front cap on [1].
17. Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
18.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
19. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
212
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Castor with locking device MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
10.6
Castor with locking device MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Carry out work steps 1., 3. and 4. from section 5.1 on page 15.
3.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
MARS 2.03/2.05
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
4.
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
5.
Remove and safely put down both battery fuses in the battery compartment.
6.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
8
3
1
7
4
2
6
2
3
5
Figure 133 Front castor, foot end, with brake and directional travel MARS 2.03/2.05
1 Front cap
5 Shaft
2 Castor with locking device
6 Pull frame
3 Brake Bowden cable
7 Lever
4 Directional travel Bowden cable
8 Directional travel switch
7.
Remove front cap [1] from the defective castor [2] and store safely.
8.
Take note of where the Bowden cables have been laid!
Unscrew the defective castor [2] (4 machine screws).
9.
Pull out the connector from the directional travel switch [8].
10. Unhook the directional travel Bowden cable [4] from the castor’s lever [7].
11. Note the screw depth of the brake Bowden cable [3].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
213
Castor with locking device MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
12. Unscrew the brake Bowden cable [3] from the axle [5] in the pull frame [6] with the
help of pliers.
13. Restore the original screw-in depth of the brake Bowden cable!
Screw in the brake Bowden cable [3] into the axle [5] in the pull frame of the new castor
with locking device.
14. Hook the directional travel Bowden cable [4] into the new castor’s lever [7].
15. Mount the new castor (4 machine screws).
16. Put the Bowden cables [3]/[4] back into its original position.
17. Plug in the directional travel switch cable plug into the new directional travel switch [8]
on the new castor.
WARNING
Danger to life and limb by an electric shock!
Be especially careful and cautious while working! Secure the work area so that no other
people can access it! The operating table must be switched on for the following work steps.
18. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
19. Insert both battery fuses.
20. Switch the operating table on.
21. Set the brake and directional travel so that they function safely and smoothly. If
necessary, readjust the Bowden cables [3]/[4] with the nuts (on the drive axle).
22. Clip the front cap on [1].
23. Jack up the operating table.
24.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
25. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
26. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
27. Connect the power supply.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
214
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Front castor
10.7
Front castor
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
only MARS 2.01/2.02
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
MARS 2.01 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
5.
MARS 2.01/2.02
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4
5
3
3
6
1
2
Figure 134 Front castor, foot end, with brake
1 Front cap
2 M8x20 machine screw
3 Brake Bowden cable
6.
4
5
6
Front castor
Shaft
Pull frame
Remove front cap [1] from the defective castor [4] and store safely.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
215
Front castor
7.
Take note of the mounting position of the Bowden cable!
Unscrew the defective castor [4] (4 machine screws [2]).
8.
Note the screw depth of the brake Bowden cable [3].
9.
Unscrew the brake Bowden cable [3] from the axle [5] in the pull frame [6] with the
help of pliers.
10. Restore the original screw-in depth of the brake Bowden cable!
Screw in the brake Bowden cable [3] into the axle [5] in the pull frame [6] of the new
front castor.
11. Mount the new castor (4 machine screws [2]).
12. Put the Bowden cable [3] back into its original position.
13. only MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
Switch the operating table on.
14. Set the brake so that it is functioning safely and smoothly. If necessary, readjust the
Bowden cable [3] with the nuts (on the drive axle).
15. Clip the front cap on [1].
16. MARS 2.01/2.02
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
Jack up the operating table.
17.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
18. Connect the power supply.
19. only MARS 2.01/2.02
Switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
216
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Rear castor MARS 2.01/2.02
10.8
Rear castor MARS 2.01/2.02
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
5.
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
6.
Remove the cap from the running gear (behind, on the head end) and store safely.
6
1
5
4
2
3
7
Figure 135 Rear castor at the head end with brake MARS 2.01/2.02
1 M8x20 machine screw
5 Locking ring 5
2 Rear castor
6 Spindle
3 Axle holder (shaft holder)
7 Drive axle (shaft)
4 M8x20 machine screw
7.
Take note of where the Bowden cables have been laid!
Unscrew both rear castors [2] (4 machine screws [1] in each case).
8.
Unscrew both axle holders [3] (2 machine screws [4] in each case) and store safely.
9.
Remove the lock washer [5] at the end of the drive axle [7] (inside) and on the side of
the defective castor.
10. Pull out the shaft [6] (brake Bowden cable attached to it) and remove the rear defective
castor [2]. Watch out for the bushes.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
217
Rear castor MARS 2.01/2.02
11. Insert the new rear castor and assemble with the shaft [6] (brake Bowden cable
attached to it) to the drive axle [7] (lock washer [5]). Watch out for the bushes.
12. Install the axle holders [3] (2x 2 machine screws [4]).
13. Assemble both rear castors [2] (4 machine screws [1] in each case).
14. Put the Bowden cables back into its original position.
15. Set the brake and directional travel so that they function safely and smoothly. If
necessary, readjust the Bowden cables with the nuts (on the drive axle).
16. Clip the rear cap on.
17. Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
18.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
19. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
218
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Rear castor MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
10.9
Rear castor MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
MARS 2.03 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
4.
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
5.
Remove the cap from the running gear (behind, on the head end) and store safely.
6
1
8
12
7
4
5
2
10
13
3
9
11
8
14
14
Figure 136 Rear castor at the head end with brake MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
1 M8x20 machine screw
8 Directional travel Bowden cable
2 Rear castor
9 Bowden cable holder
3 Axle holder (shaft holder)
10 Front articulated axle
4 M8x16 machine screw
11 Retaining ring
5 Locking ring 5
12 Castor
6 Spindle
13 Start-up disk
7 Drive axle (shaft)
14 Jacking unit
6.
Take note of the mounting position of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Unscrew the Bowden cable holder [9] from the trip fork (1 machine screw and
1 washer) and store safely.
7.
Remove retaining ring [11] and roller [12] from front articulated axle and store safely.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
219
Rear castor MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
8.
NOTE
Pay attention to start-up disks [13] (8 pieces) and roller! Do not allow them to fall into
the running gear!
Knock out the front articulated axle [10] downwards and store safely.
9.
Swivel the jacking unit [14] carefully out of the way.
10. Take note of where the Bowden cables have been laid!
Unscrew both rear castors [2] (4 machine screws [1] in each case).
11. Unscrew all 3 axle holders [3] (2 machine screws [4] in each case) and store safely.
12. Remove the lock washer [5] at the end of the drive axle [7] (inside) and on the side of
the defective castor.
13. Pull out the shaft [6] (brake Bowden cable attached to it) and remove the rear defective
castor [2]. Watch out for the bushes.
14. Insert up the new rear castor and assemble with the shaft [6] (brake Bowden cable
attached to it) to the drive axle [7] (lock washer [5]). Watch out for the bushes.
15. Install the axle holders [3] (3x 2 machine screws [4]).
16. Assemble both rear castors [2] (4 machine screws [1] in each case).
17. Put the Bowden cables back into its original position.
18. Carefully swivel the jacking unit [14] back into position and position it in the drive
axle’s [7] retainer with four stop discs [13] on the right and four on the left.
19. Insert a roller [12] on the front articulated axle [10] and guide through the jacking
unit [14] from below.
20. Insert a second roller [12] on the front articulated axle [10] and assemble with retainer
ring [11].
21. Put the directional travel Bowden cable back into its original position!
Assemble the Bowden cable holder [9] to the trip fork (1 washer and 1 machine screw).
22. Switch the operating table on.
23. Set the brake so that it is functioning safely and smoothly. If necessary, readjust the
Bowden cables with the nuts (on the drive axle).
24. Clip the rear cap on.
25. Jack up the operating table.
26.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
27. Connect the power supply.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
220
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Brake Bowden cable
10.10
Brake Bowden cable
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
only MARS 2.01/2.02
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
MARS 2.01 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
5.
MARS 2.01/2.02
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
7
1
4
3
2
6
5
3
8
Figure 137 Brake Bowden cable
1 Locknut
2 Setting nut
3 Brake Bowden cable
4 Disc
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
5
6
7
8
Shaft
Pull frame
Head end wheel
Foot end wheel
221
Brake Bowden cable
6.
Take note of the mounting position of the brake Bowden cable!
Unscrew the counternut [1] and adjusting nut [2] on the head end (drive axle); remove
washer [4] and store safely.
7.
Pull out the brake Bowden cable [3] from the shaft.
8.
Make a note of the screw-in depth of the brake Bowden cable [3] at the foot end of
the running gear.
9.
Unscrew the brake Bowden cable [3] from the axle [5] in the pull frame [6] with the
help of pliers.
10. Restore the original screw-in depth of the brake Bowden cable!
Insert the new brake Bowden cable and screw it into the axle [5] in the pull frame [6]
of the foot end wheel [8].
11. At the head end of the running gear, assemble the brake Bowden cable [3] with the
washer [4], adjusting nut [2] -and counternut [1] onto the drive axle.
12. Put the Bowden cable back into its original position.
13. only MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
Switch the operating table on.
14. Set the brake so that it is functioning safely and smoothly. If necessary, readjust the
Bowden cable [3] with the nuts (on the drive axle).
15. MARS 2.01/2.02
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
Jack up the operating table.
16.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
17. Connect the power supply.
18. only MARS 2.01/2.02
Switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
222
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.01/2.02
10.11
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.01/2.02
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
5.
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
7
8
10
9
8
4
4
5
4
3
1
2
Figure 138 Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.01/2.02
1 Locknut
6
2 Setting nut
7
3 Locking piece
8
4 Directional travel Bowden cable
9
5 Lever
10
6
Wheel with locking device
Locking ring 8
Castor
Cable holder
Shaft
6.
Take note of the mounting position of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Unscrew the counternut [1] and adjusting nut [2] on the head end (drive axle) and store
safely.
7.
Pull out the directional travel Bowden cable [4] from the locking piece [3] on the foot
lever.
8.
At the foot end of the running gear, unhook the directional travel Bowden cable [4]
from the lever [5] of the wheel with locking device [6].
9.
Remove lock washer [7] from the roller [8] and store safely.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
223
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.01/2.02
10. Remove washer, cable holder [9], and roller [8] from the axle [10] and store safely.
11. Remove the defective directional travel Bowden cable [4].
12. Insert new directional travel Bowden cable.
13. Push the roller [8], cable holder [9], and washer onto the axle [10] and assemble with
lock washer [7].
14. At the foot end of the running gear, hook the directional travel Bowden cable [4] into
the lever [5] of the wheel with locking device [6].
15. At the head end of the running gear, insert the directional travel Bowden cable [4] into
the locking piece [3] on the foot lever, and assemble the adjusting nut [2] and
counternut [1] onto the drive axle.
16. Put the Bowden cable [4] back into its original position.
17. Set the directional travel so that it is functioning safely and smoothly. If necessary,
readjust the Bowden cable [4] with the nuts (on the drive axle).
18. Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
19.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
20. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
224
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
10.12
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Carry out work steps 1., 3. and 4. from section 5.1 on page 15.
3.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
MARS 2.03/2.05
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
4.
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
5.
Remove and safely put down both battery fuses in the battery compartment.
6.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
8
8
4
1
5
2
1
3
4
7
8
4
6
10
9
Figure 139 Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
1 Bowden cable holder
6 Wheel with locking device
2 Trip fork
7 Locking ring
3 Locknut
8 Castor
4 Directional travel Bowden cable
9 Cable holder
5 Lever
10 Shaft
7.
Take note of the mounting position of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Unscrew the Bowden cable holder [1] from the trip fork [2] (1 machine screw and
1 washer).
8.
Note the screw depth of the directional travel Bowden cable [4].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
225
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
9.
Unscrew the directional travel Bowden cable [4] out of the cable holder [1] with the
help of pliers.
10. At the foot end of the running gear, unhook the directional travel Bowden cable [4]
from the lever [5] of the wheel with locking device [6].
11. Remove lock washer [7] from the roller [8] and store safely.
12. Remove washer, cable holder [9], and roller [8] from the axle [10] and store safely.
13. Repeat work steps 11. and 12. with the second roller.
14. Remove the defective directional travel Bowden cable [4].
15. Insert new directional travel Bowden cable.
16. Push a roller [8], cable holder [9], and washer onto each of both axles [10] and
assemble with lock washer [7].
17. At the foot end of the running gear, hook the directional travel Bowden cable [4] into
the lever [5] of the wheel with locking device [6].
18. Restore the original screw-in depth of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Screw in the new directional travel Bowden cable into the Bowden cable holder [1] and
secure with the counternut [3].
19. Put the directional travel Bowden cable back into its original position!
At the running gear head end, assemble the Bowden cable holder [1] to the trip fork [2]
(1 washer and 1 machine screw).
WARNING
Danger to life and limb by an electric shock!
Be especially careful and cautious while working! Secure the work area so that no other
people can access it! The operating table must be switched on for the following work steps.
20. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
21. Insert both battery fuses.
22. Switch the operating table on.
23. Set the directional travel so that it is functioning safely and smoothly. If necessary,
readjust the Bowden cable [4] with the counternuts [3] (on the cable holder [1]).
24. Jack up the operating table.
25.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
26. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
27. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
28. Connect the power supply.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
226
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
10.13
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Carry out work steps 1., 3. and 4. from section 5.1 on page 15.
3.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
4.
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
5.
Remove and safely put down both battery fuses in the battery compartment.
6.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
5
8
4
8
1
13
2
1
3
7
8
4
5
6
10
9
11
12
Figure 140 Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1 Bowden cable holder
8 Castor
2 Trip fork
9 Cable holder
3 Locknut
10 Shaft
4 Directional travel Bowden cable
11 Screwed pin M3
5 Nut M6
12 Switch lever
6 Bearing bracket
13 Jacking shaft
7 Locking ring
7.
Take note of the mounting position of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Unscrew the Bowden cable holder [1] from the trip fork [2] (1 machine screw and
1 washer).
8.
Note the screw depth of the directional travel Bowden cable [4].
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
227
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
9.
Unscrew the directional travel Bowden cable [4] out of the Bowden cable holder [1]
with the help of pliers.
10. At the running gear foot end, release the jacking shaft’s [13] bearing bracket [13]
(remove 2 nuts [5]), carefully push upwards (from the jacking shaft), remove, and store
safely.
11. Take note of the mounting position of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Release the directional travel Bowden cable [4] from the jacking shaft [13] (1 threaded
pin [11]) and carefully remove the switching lever [12].
12. Note the screw depth of the directional travel Bowden cable [4].
13. Unscrew the directional travel Bowden cable [4] out from the fork of the spring-loaded
pin on the switching lever [12] with the help of pliers.
14. Remove lock washer [7] from the roller [8] and store safely.
15. Remove washer, cable holder [9], and roller [8] from the axle [10] and store safely.
16. Repeat these work steps 14. and 15. with the second roller.
17. Remove the defective directional travel Bowden cable [4].
18. Insert new directional travel Bowden cable.
19. Push a roller [8], cable holder [9], and washer onto each of both axles [10] and
assemble with lock washer [7].
20. Restore the original screw-in depth of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Screw in the new directional travel Bowden cable in the fork of the spring-loaded pin
on the switching lever [12].
21. Put the directional travel Bowden cable back into its original position!
At the running gear foot end, push the switching lever [12] with new directional travel
Bowden cable onto the jacking shaft [13] and install it in the groove (1 threaded
pin [11]).
22. Carefully push the bearing bracket [6] from above onto the jacking shaft [13] and
assemble (2 nuts [5]).
23. Restore the original screw-in depth of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Screw in the new directional travel Bowden cable into the Bowden cable holder [1] and
secure with the counternut [3].
24. Put the directional travel Bowden cable back into its original position!
At the running gear head end, assemble the Bowden cable holder [1] to the trip fork [2]
(1 washer and 1 machine screw).
228
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
11
13
4
14
15
17
16
Figure 141 Travelling drive adjustment MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
4 Directional travel Bowden cable
15 Drive roller
11 Screwed pin M3
16 Travelling drive
13 Jacking shaft
17 Wooden spacer 3 mm
14 Running gear
25. Clamp the wooden spacer [17] between the running gear [14] and the drive unit [16].
26. The directional travel Bowden cable must be taut!
Adjust the directional travel Bowden cable [4] on the jacking shaft [13] (1 threaded
pin [11]).
27. Remove wooden spacer [17].
NOTE
Set the travelling drive so that it is functioning safely and smoothly.
If the adjustment is appropriate, the drive roller [15] rests against the running
gear [14].
WARNING
Danger to life and limb by an electric shock!
Be especially careful and cautious while working! Secure the work area so that no other
people can access it! The operating table must be switched on for the following work steps.
28. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
29. Insert both battery fuses.
30. Switch the operating table on and jack up.
31.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
32. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
33. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
34. Connect the power supply.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
229
Directional travel Bowden cable MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
TEST
Check traveling functions!
230
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Directional travel switch cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
10.14
Directional travel switch cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Carry out work steps 1., 3. and 4. from section 5.1 on page 15.
3.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
4.
Slide the metal cover upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
5.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
MARS 2.03/2.05
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
6.
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
7.
Remove and safely put down both battery fuses in the battery compartment.
8.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
3
3
2
1
4
5
4
5
Figure 142 Directional travel switch cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
1 Cable bushing plate
4 Directional travel switch cable
2 M4x5 machine screw
5 Wheel with locking device
3 Directional travel switch
9.
Remove the plug of the directional travel switch cable [4] from the directional travel
switch [3].
10. Remove the cable bushing [1] that is on a side of the running gear plate (2 machine
screws [2]) and store safely.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
231
Directional travel switch cable MARS 2.03/2.05/2.07/2.08
11. Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the other plugs of the directional travel switch cable from the connector
assembly on the energy chain holder; remove cable binder, and release the cable.
12. Remove cable clip (1 nut) and remove the defective directional travel switch cable [4].
13. Insert the new directional travel switch cable.
14. Put the cables back into their original positions and connect the plug of the new
directional travel switch cable to the energy chain holder connector assembly.
15.
CAUTION
Risk of cables being crushed!
Insert the grommets for cable protection (in the running gear) and the plate cable
bushing [1] correctly!
Assemble the plate cable bushing [1] (2 machine screws [2]).
16. Plug in the directional travel switch cable plug [4] into the directional travel switch [3]
on the wheel with locking device [5].
17. Put the cables back into their original positions.
Fix the cables with cable clip (1nut) and cable binders.
18. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
19. Insert both battery fuses.
20. Switch the operating table on and jack up.
21.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
22. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
23. Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
24. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
25. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
26. Connect the power supply.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
232
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Foot lever MARS 2.01/2.02
10.15
Foot lever MARS 2.01/2.02
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
5.
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
6.
Remove the cap on the head side of the running gear and store safely.
6
3
1
10
2
4
14
11
4
12
13
5
9
7
Figure 143 Foot lever MARS 2.01/2.02
1 Axle holder (shaft holder)
2 M8x20 machine screw
3 Brake Bowden cable
4 Directional travel Bowden cable
5 Foot lever
6 M8x20 machine screw
7 Tension spring
8
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Setting nut
Locknut
Rear castor
Locking piece
Drive axle (shaft)
M8x12 machine screw
Rest cam
7.
Take note of where the Bowden cables have been laid!
Unscrew both wheels [10] (4 machine screws [6] in each case).
8.
Unscrew both axle holders [1] (2 machine screws [2] in each case) and store safely.
9.
Take note of the mounting position of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Unscrew the counternut [9] and adjusting nut [8] on the head end (drive axle) and store
safely.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
233
Foot lever MARS 2.01/2.02
10. Pull out the directional travel Bowden cable [4] from the locking piece [11] on the foot
lever [5].
11. Hold the pedal securely.
Unscrew the foot lever [5] from the drive axle [12] (1 machine screw [13] and
1 washer).
12. Unhook the tension spring [7].
13. Pay attention to flange bushings! Carefully pull out the foot lever [5] from the drive axle
bearing and the rest cam [14].
14. Pay attention to flange bushings! Insert the new foot lever and assemble (1 washer and
1 machine screw [13]).
15. Hook tension spring [7] into place.
16. Insert the directional travel Bowden cable [4] into the locking piece [11] on the foot
lever [5], and assemble with the adjusting nut [8] and counternut [9] onto the drive
axle [12].
17. Install the axle holders [1] (2x 2 machine screws [2]).
18. Mount both castors [10] (4 machine screws [6] in each case).
19. Put the Bowden cables [3]/[4] back into its original position.
20. Set the brake and directional travel so that they function safely and smoothly. If
necessary, readjust the Bowden cables [3]/[4] with the nuts (on the drive axle).
21. Clip the cap on.
22. Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
23.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
24. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
234
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Rest cam MARS 2.01/2.02
10.16
Rest cam MARS 2.01/2.02
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
5.
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
6.
Remove the cap on the head side of the running gear and store safely.
6
3
1
10
2
4
7
11
4
12
8
5
9
13
7
Figure 144 Rest cam MARS 2.01/2.02
1 Axle holder (shaft holder)
2 M8x20 machine screw
3 Brake Bowden cable
4 Directional travel Bowden cable
5 Foot lever
6 M8x20 machine screw
7 Rest cam
8
9
10
11
12
13
Setting nut
Locknut
Rear castor
Locking piece
Drive axle (shaft)
M8x12 machine screw
7.
Take note of where the Bowden cables have been laid!
Unscrew both wheels [10] (4 machine screws [6] in each case).
8.
Unscrew both axle holders [1] (2 machine screws [2] in each case) and store safely.
9.
Take note of the mounting position of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Unscrew the counternut [9] and adjusting nut [8] on the head end (drive axle) and store
safely.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
235
Rest cam MARS 2.01/2.02
10. Pull out the directional travel Bowden cable [4] from the locking piece [11] on the foot
lever [5].
11. Carefully remove drive axle [12] (complete with foot lever [5] and wheels [10]) and
store safely.
12. Remove defective rest cam [7] (1 machine screw [13]).
13. Assemble new rest cam [7] (1 machine screw [13]).
14. Carefully insert the entire drive axle [12] and assemble with the axle holders [1]
(2x 2 machine screws [2]).
15. Mount both wheels [10] (4 machine screws [6] in each case).
16. Insert the directional travel Bowden cable [4] into the locking piece [11] on the foot
lever [5], and assemble with the adjusting nut [8] and counternut [9] onto the drive
axle [12].
17. Put the Bowden cables [3]/[4] back into its original position.
18. Set the brake and directional travel so that they function safely and smoothly. If
necessary, readjust the Bowden cables [3]/[4] with the nuts (on the drive axle).
19. Clip the cap on.
20. Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
21.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
22. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
236
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.01/2.02
10.17
Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.01/2.02
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Disconnect the power supply cable from the mains supply.
3.
Switch off the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
4.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
5.
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
1
3
Figure 145 Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.01/2.02
1 Retaining ring
2 Bolt
1
3
2
3
2
Gas-filled spring device
6.
Remove the retaining rings [1] (4x) from the gas-filled spring device [3] and store safely.
7.
Knock the pins [2] (2x) through downwards and store safely.
8.
Remove defective gas-filled spring device [3].
9.
Insert a new gas-filled spring device.
10. Insert both pins [2].
11. Assemble retaining rings [1] (4x).
12. Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
13.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
237
Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.01/2.02
14. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
238
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Jacking up switch MARS 2.01/2.02
10.18
Jacking up switch MARS 2.01/2.02
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
3.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
4.
Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the directional travel position (see FOOT LEVER
OPERATION pictogram!).
5
6
3
4
1
2
3
Figure 146 Jacking up switch MARS 2.01/2.02
1 Jacking up switch
2 Cable clamp
3 Nut M4
4
5
6
Jacking up switch cable
Drive axle (shaft)
Jumper ring
5.
Take note of where the cable has been laid.
Remove the cable clip [2] (1 nut [3]).
6.
Take note of where the module has been laid!
Unscrew the entire jack up switch assembly [1] (2 nuts [3]) and remove carefully.
7.
Remove the plug of the jack up switch cable [4] from the defective jack up switch [1].
8.
Connect the plug of the jack up switch cable [4] to the new jack up switch assembly.
9.
Make sure that the assembly is in its original installation position!
Insert the entire new jack up switch assembly (the jack up switch is located under the
jumper ring [6]) and assemble (2 nuts [3]).
10. Put the cables back into its original positions and secure with cable clip [2] (1 nut [3]).
11. Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
12.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
239
Jacking up switch MARS 2.01/2.02
13. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
14. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
240
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Jacking up switch cable MARS 2.01/2.02
10.19
Jacking up switch cable MARS 2.01/2.02
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Remove the power from the operating table (see section 5.1 on page 15).
3.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
4.
Slide the metal cover upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
5.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
2
5
6
3
Figure 147 Jacking up switch cable MARS 2.01/2.02
1 Cable bushing plate
2 M4x5 machine screw
3 Jacking up switch
1
4
4
5
6
Jacking up switch cable
Cable clamp
Drive axle (shaft)
6.
Remove the plug of the jack up switch cable [4] from the jack up switch [3].
7.
Remove the cable bushing [1] that is on a side of the running gear plate (2 machine
screws [2]) and store safely.
8.
Take note of where the cable has been laid.
Remove the other plugs of the jack up switch cable from the connector assembly on
the energy chain holder; remove cable binder, and release the cable.
9.
Remove cable clip [5] (1 nut) and remove the defective jack up switch cable [4].
10. Insert new jack up switch cable.
11. Put the cables back into their original positions and connect the plug of the new jack
up switch cable to the energy chain holder connector assembly.
12.
CAUTION
Risk of cables being crushed!
Insert the grommets for cable protection (in the running gear) and the plate cable
bushing [1] correctly!
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
241
Jacking up switch cable MARS 2.01/2.02
Assemble the plate cable bushing [1] (2 machine screws [2]).
13. Plug in the jack up switch cable [4] plug into the jack up switch [3] (under the drive
axle [6]).
14. Put the cable back into their original positions.
Fix the cable with cable clips (1 nut) and cable binders.
15. Set the foot lever TRAVEL MODE in the brake position (see FOOT LEVER OPERATION
pictogram!).
16.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
17. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
18. Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
19. Connect the batteries (see section 5.2 on page 16).
20. Connect the power supply, and switch the operating table on.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
242
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Jacking unit MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
10.20
Jacking unit MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, chapter 12 on
page 264.
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Carry out work steps 1., 3. and 4. from section 5.1 on page 15.
3.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
4.
Slide the metal cover upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
5.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
MARS 2.03 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
6.
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
7.
Remove and safely put down both battery fuses in the battery compartment.
8.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
243
Jacking unit MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
5
4
6
2
12
1
7
10
5
11
8
7
3
9
11
Figure 148 Jacking unit MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
1 Cable bushing plate
2 M4x5 machine screw
3 Jacking unit
4 Front articulated axle
5 Retaining ring
6 Castor
9.
7
8
9
10
11
12
Start-up disk
Rear articulated axle
Emergency release
Rocker
Stirrup
Rod
Remove the cable bushing [1] that is on a side of the running gear plate (2 machine
screws [2]) and store safely.
10. Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the plugs of the jacking unit [3] from the connector assembly on the energy
chain holder; remove cable binder, and release the cable.
11. Remove retaining ring [11] and roller [12] from front articulated axle and store safely.
12.
NOTE
Pay attention to start-up disks [7] (8 pieces) and roller! Do not allow them to fall into
the running gear!
Knock out the front articulated axle [4] downwards and store safely.
13. Remove retaining ring [5] and two start-up disks [7] from rear articulated axle [8] and
store safely.
14.
NOTE
Pay attention to start-up disks (2 pieces)! Do not allow them to fall into the running
gear!
Knock out the rear articulated axle [7] downwards and store safely.
15. Remove defective jacking unit [3].
244
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Jacking unit MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
16. For better assembly, open the emergency releasing device [9] slightly and swing out
the rocker [10].
17. Insert a new jacking unit.
18. Place between the rear rod of the jacking unit [3] and the rocker [10], below two startup disks [7].
19. Guide in the rear articulated axle [8] from below into the rocker [10], push through the
start-up disks [7] and the jacking unit’s [3] rod.
20. Place two start-up disks [7] above between the rocker [10] and the jacking unit’s [3]
rod.
21. Push the rear articulated axle [8] completely through and assemble with retaining
ring [5].
22. Place between the front rod [12] of the jacking unit and the drive axle’s retainer [11]
under four start-up disks [7].
23. Guide in the front of the articulated axle [4] with roller [6] from below into the
retainer [11], push through the start-up disks [7] and the jacking unit’s rod.
24. Place four start-up disks [7] above between the retainer [11] and the rod [12].
25. Push the front articulated axle [4] completely through.
26. Insert a second roller [6] on the front articulated axle [4] and assemble with retainer
ring [5].
27. Put the cables back into their original positions and connect the plug of the new jacking
unit on the energy chain holder connector assembly.
28.
CAUTION
Risk of cables being crushed!
Insert the grommets for cable protection (in the running gear) and the plate cable
bushing [1] correctly!
Assemble the plate cable bushing [1] (2 machine screws [2]).
29. Put the cables back into their original positions.
Fix the cables with cable binders.
30. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
31. Insert both battery fuses.
32. Switch the operating table on and jack up.
33.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
34. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
35. Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
36. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
37. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
38. Connect the power supply.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
245
Jacking unit MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
TEST
Check traveling functions!
246
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Hall sensor circuit board MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
10.21
Hall sensor circuit board MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Carry out work steps 1., 3. and 4. from section 5.1 on page 15.
3.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
4.
Slide the metal cover upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
5.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
MARS 2.03 to 2.06, MARS 2.11
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
MARS 2.07/2.08
Turn the operating table on the side without a membrane keyboard and lay down
safely on an even surface.
6.
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
7.
Remove and safely put down both battery fuses in the battery compartment.
8.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
9.
Remove the cable bushing that is on a side of the running gear plate (2 machine
screws) and store safely.
10. Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the Hall sensor printed circuit board plug from the connector assembly on the
energy chain holder.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
247
Hall sensor circuit board MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
5
11
6
10
7
4
3
2
9
8
1
Figure 149 Hall sensor circuit board MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
1 Jumper ring
7 Hall sensor circuit board
2 M5x16 machine screw
8 Shaft holder
3 Circuit board plate
9 M3x4 machine screw
4 M3x6 machine screw
10 Disc
5 Cable clamp
11 Hall sensor board cable
6 Nut M4
11. Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the cable clip [5] (1 nut [6]), remove the cable binder, and release the
cable [11].
12. Take note of the mounting position of the jumper ring!
Remove the jumper ring [1] (1 machine screw [2]) and store safely.
13. Make note of the printed circuit board plate’s installation position!
Unscrew the printed circuit board plate [3] with the Hall sensor printed circuit board
(4 machine screws [4]) and remove carefully.
14. Take note of where the circuit board has been laid!
Unscrew the defective Hall sensor printed circuit board [7] from the printed circuit
board plate [3] (4 machine screws [9] and 1 washer [10] from the voltage connection).
15. Remove plug from the defective Hall sensor printed circuit board [7].
16. Connect the plug to the new Hall sensor printed circuit board.
17. Put the circuit board back into its original position! Assemble together with the voltage
connection cable!
Assemble the new Hall sensor printed circuit board on the printed circuit board
plate [3] (1 washer [10] and 4 machine screws [9]).
18. Put the printed circuit board plate back into its original position!
Insert the printed circuit board plate [3] (sensor connections showing towards the head
end!) and assemble (4 machine screws [4]).
19. Put the cables back into their original positions and connect the plug of the Hall sensor
printed circuit board cable to the energy chain holder connector assembly. Fix the
cables with cable clip (1nut [6]) and cable binders.
248
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Hall sensor circuit board MARS 2.03 to 2.08, MARS 2.11
20. Put the jumper ring back into its original position!
Set the jumper ring [1] on the drive axle and assemble it by hand tightly (1 machine
screw [2]).
21. Align the jumper ring’s [1] opening next to the shaft holder [8] above the end sensor,
and tightly screw down the machine screw [2].
22. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
23. Insert both battery fuses.
24. Switch the operating table on and jack up.
25.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
26. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
27. Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
28. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
29. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
30. Connect the power supply.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
249
Travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
10.22
Travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1.
Prepare the operating table (see section 3.3 on page 13).
2.
Carry out work steps 1., 3. and 4. from section 5.1 on page 15.
3.
Unscrew 2 countersunk screws from the very bottom of the metal cover.
4.
Slide the metal cover upwards and fix it securely to the column guide with the M6
retaining screw.
5.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Turn the operating table with at least 2 people!
Turn the operating table on the side with a membrane keyboard and lay down safely
on an even surface.
6.
Switch off and jack down the operating table (remote control).
CAUTION
Risk of injury from the capacitor voltage.
All LEDs on the membrane keyboard must be out.
7.
Remove and safely put down both battery fuses in the battery compartment.
8.
Disconnect the positive connectors from the both batteries.
6
2
1
4
3
Figure 150 Travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1 Bearing bracket
2 Nut M6
3 Cable bushing plate
4 M4x5 machine screw
9.
5
6
7
8
7
8
5
Travelling drive
Directional travel Bowden cable
Screwed pin M3
Jacking shaft
Draw out the drive unit [5].
10. Remove the plate cable bushing [3] that is on a side of the running gear, next to the
bearing bracket [1] (2 machine screws [4]) and store safely.
11. Take note of where the cables have been laid.
Remove the drive unit plug from the connector assembly on the energy chain holder;
remove cable binder, and release the cable.
250
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
12. Take note of the mounting position of the directional travel Bowden cable!
Release the directional travel Bowden cable [6] on the jacking shaft [8] (1 threaded
pin [7]).
13. Loosen the bearing bracket [1] (2 nuts [2]).
14. Remove the cable clip (1 nut).
15. Hold the defective drive unit [5] securely; unscrew (4 nuts [2]); push upwards; remove
carefully; and remove switching lever with directional travel Bowden cable [6].
16. Put the directional travel Bowden cable back into its original position!
Insert the new drive unit into the running gear and push the switching lever with
directional travel Bowden cable [6] onto the jacking shaft [8].
17. Position the drive unit [5] in the bearing bracket [1] and assemble onto the running
gear (4 nuts [2]).
18. Fit the bearing bracket [1] (2 nuts [2]).
19. Put the cables back into their original positions and connect the plug of the new drive
unit to the energy chain holder connector assembly. Fix the cables with cable clip (1nut)
and cable binders.
20.
CAUTION
Risk of cables being crushed!
Insert the grommets for cable protection (in the running gear) and the plate cable
bushing [3] correctly!
Assemble the plate cable bushing [3] (2 machine screws [4]).
21. Push the switching lever with directional travel Bowden cable [6] on the jacking
shaft [8] towards the groove and assemble (1 threaded pin [7]).
7
8
6
9
10
11
5
Figure 151 Travelling drive adjustment MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
5 Travelling drive
9 Running gear
6 Directional travel Bowden cable
10 Drive roller
7 Screwed pin M3
11 Wooden spacer 3 mm
8 Jacking shaft
22. Clamp the wooden spacer [11] between the running gear [9] and the drive unit [5].
23. The directional travel Bowden cable must be taut!
Adjust the directional travel Bowden cable [6] on the jacking shaft [8] (1 threaded
pin [7]).
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
251
Travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
24. Remove wooden spacer [11].
NOTE
Set the travelling drive so that it is functioning safely and smoothly.
If the adjustment is appropriate, the drive roller [10] rests against the running gear [9].
WARNING
Danger to life and limb by an electric shock!
Be especially careful and cautious while working! Secure the work area so that no other
people can access it! The operating table must be switched on for the following work steps.
25. Reattach the positive connectors to the both batteries.
26. Insert both battery fuses.
27. Switch the operating table on and jack up.
28.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries!
Mount the operating table with at least 2 people!
29. Remove retaining screw from the column guide and slide the metal cover downwards.
30. Close the metal cover (2 countersunk screws).
31. Mount the cover plate (4 countersunk screws).
32. Put the cover battery compartment on the running gear.
33. Connect the power supply.
TEST
Check traveling functions!
252
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Toothed belt travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
10.23
Toothed belt travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1.
Remove the entire drive unit from the running gear and store safely. See section 10.22
on page 250, work steps 1. to 15.
1
2
7
4
3
5
6
6
Figure 152 Toothed belt travelling drive MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1 Travelling drive motor
5 Toothed belt
2 M5x10 machine screw
6 Toothed-belt pulley
3 M4x25 countersunk screw
7 Rocker
4 Disk main drive
2.
Unscrew the travelling drive motor [1] (4 machine screws [2]).
3.
Remove the countersunk screw [3] and the disk main drive [4] from the small toothedbelt pulley [6] and store safely.
4.
Pull the toothed-belt pulley [6], and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Remove the defective toothed belt [5].
6.
Push the toothed-belt pulley [6] onto the axle of the drive unit motor [1] and assemble
(1 disk main drive [4] and 1 countersunk screw [3]).
7.
Pull the new toothed belt onto the toothed-belt pulley [6].
8.
Assemble the drive unit motor [1] on the rocker [7] (4 machine screws [2]).
9.
Assemble the entire drive unit in the running gear and test. See section 10.22 on
page 250, work steps 16. to 33.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
253
Drive roller MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
10.24
Drive roller MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1.
Remove the entire drive unit from the running gear and store safely. See section 10.22
on page 250, work steps 1. to 15.
1
2
11
7
A
9
10
5
8
12
6
A
3
6
4
Figure 153 Drive roller MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1 Travelling drive motor
2 M5x10 machine screw
3 M4x10 countersunk screw
4 Disk main drive
5 Toothed belt
6 Toothed-belt pulley
7
8
9
10
11
12
Rocker
Drive roller
Drive shaft
Sleeve
Retaining ring 15x1
Fitting shim
2.
Unscrew the travelling drive motor [1] (4 machine screws [2]).
3.
Remove the countersunk screw [3] and the disk main drive [4] from the large toothedbelt pulley [6] and store safely.
4.
Pull the toothed-belt pulley [6], and put it down in a safe place.
5.
Remove and safely put down the toothed belt [5].
6.
Remove and safely put down the retaining ring [11].
7.
Make note of the installation position of the drive shaft and to the feather key!
Push the drive shaft [9] through.
8.
Remove the sleeve [10] and fitting shim [12] and store safely.
9.
Remove defective drive roller [8].
10. Insert new drive roller with fitting shim [12] and sleeve [10].
11. Put the drive shaft back into its original position. Pay attention to the feather keys!
Guide the drive shaft [9] into the rocker [7] and push through the new drive roller [8]
with fitting shim [12] and sleeve [10].
12. Assemble the retaining ring [11] on the drive shaft [9].
13. Push the toothed-belt pulley [6] onto the drive shaft [9] and assemble (1 disk main
drive [4] and 1 countersunk screw [3]).
14. Pull the toothed belt [5] onto the toothed-belt pulleys [6].
254
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Drive roller MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
15. Assemble the drive unit motor [1] on the rocker [7] (4 machine screws [2]).
16. Assemble the entire drive unit in the running gear and test. See section 10.22 on
page 250, work steps 16. to 33.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
255
Travelling drive motor MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
10.25
Travelling drive motor MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1.
Remove the entire drive unit from the running gear and store safely. See section 10.22
on page 250, work steps 1. to 15.
1
2
7
3
4
6
5
6
Figure 154 Travelling drive motor MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1 Travelling drive motor
2 M5x10 machine screw
3 M4x25 countersunk screw
4 Disk main drive
5
6
7
Toothed belt
Toothed-belt pulley
Rocker
2.
Remove the countersunk screw [3] and the disk main drive [4] from the small toothedbelt pulley [6] and store safely.
3.
Pull the toothed-belt pulley [6], and put it down in a safe place.
4.
Remove and safely put down the toothed belt [5].
5.
Unscrew the defective drive unit motor [1] (4 machine screws [2]) and remove carefully.
6.
Insert the new drive unit motor into the rocker [7].
7.
Push the toothed-belt pulley [6] onto the axle of the new drive unit motor [1] and
assemble (1 disk main drive [4] and 1 countersunk screw [3]).
8.
Pull the toothed belt [5] onto the toothed-belt pulleys [6].
9.
Assemble the new drive unit motor [1] on the rocker [7] (4 machine screws [2]).
10. Assemble the entire drive unit in the running gear and test. See section 10.22 on
page 250, work steps 16. to 33.
256
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
10.26
Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1.
Remove the entire drive unit from the running gear and store safely. See section 10.22
on page 250, work steps 1. to 15.
1
2
9
3
4
8
7
4
5
4
Figure 155 Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
1 Jacking shaft
2 Rocker
3 Tension spring
4 Locking ring
5 Bolt
6
6
7
8
9
Short spacer
Long spacer
Gas-filled spring device
Hinge pin spring
2.
Press together the defective gas-filled spring device [8] with a clamp.
3.
Unhook the tension spring [3] and store safely.
4.
Remove and safely put down the clamp.
5.
Remove the lock washer [4] from the rocker [2].
6.
Make note of the installation position of the spacer (short [6] and long [7])!
Pull out the pin [5] and safely store all parts.
7.
Remove the lock washer [4] from the jacking shaft [1].
8.
Pull out the hinge pin spring [9] and put it down in a safe place.
9.
Remove defective gas-filled spring device [8].
10. Insert a new gas-filled spring device.
11. Guide the spring joint pin [9] into the holder for the gas-filled spring device on the
jacking shaft [1], push through the new gas-filled spring device’s [8] receptacle and
secure (1 lock washer [4]).
12. Put the spacers back into their original position!
On the rocker [2], seen from the drive roller, guide the pin [5] into the holder for the
gas-filled spring device; push through the short spacer [6], the gas-filled spring device
receptacle [8], and the long spacer [7].
13. Secure the pin [5] (1 lock washer [4]).
14. Press the pneumatic pressure spring [8] and the screw clamp together.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
257
Gas-filled spring device MARS 2.04/2.06/2.11
15. Hook tension spring [3] into place.
16. Remove and safely put down the screw clamp.
17. Assemble the entire drive unit in the running gear and test. See section 10.22 on
page 250, work steps 16. to 33.
258
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Cable Remote Control
11
Additional Components
11.1
Cable Remote Control
NOTE
The cable remote control is an exchangeable module. Therefore it is not possible to replace
individual parts within the remote control. The complete cable remote control must always
be replaced if there is a defect.
Settings:
1.
Open the cable remote control (5 M3 screws).
2.
Carefully remove the rear part of the casing and lay it down.
3.
The following settings are possible on the board:
- the code is set with the rotary selection switch
- the device is selected with the rotary selection switch
- the transmit power is selected with the rotary selection switch
- jumper settings
4.
The code setting for the cable remote control is always 5 (S1). S2 and S3 are not used.
5.
Please take the device selection (S4) from the following table.
6.
The operating mode setting (S5) is to be set to 0 for cable remote control.
7.
The jumper settings may only be changed by the customer service.
8.
Do not damage the rubber seal! Close the remote.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
259
Cable Remote Control
S4 Device
EU:
0
JUPITER EU
• any key switches on
1
JUPITER USA
• after 2 seconds off
2
MARS Endourologie EU
3
MARS Endourologie USA
USA:
4
MARS 2 EU
5
MARS 2 USA
• only ON-key switches
on
6
• after 25 seconds off
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
TEST
Perform a functional test!
260
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Infrared Remote Control
11.2
Infrared Remote Control
NOTE
The IR remote control is an exchangeable module. Therefore it is not possible to replace
individual parts within the remote control (except for the batteries). The complete IR remote
control must always be replaced if there is a defect.
Settings:
1.
Open the IR remote control (5 M3 screws).
2.
Carefully remove the rear part of the casing and lay it down.
3.
Fit a new battery when required:
- pull connector off
- remove the battery carefully from the holder
4.
The following settings are possible on the board:
- the code is set with the rotary selection switch
- the device is selected with the rotary selection switch
- the transmit power is selected with the rotary selection switch
- jumper settings
5.
The code setting for the IR remote control is always to be taken from the type plate of
the relevant operating table (e.g. A01).
Infrared code setting
6.
A
0
1
S3
S2
S1
Please take the device setting (S4) and operating mode setting (S5) from the following
table, the frequency and mark to space ratio (transmit power) may be changed. 8 (36
kHz T1/4) is used as the standard setting.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
261
Infrared Remote Control
S4 Device
S5 Operation mode
0
JUPITER EU
0
1
JUPITER USA
1
2
MARS Endourologie EU
2
3
MARS Endourologie USA
3
4
MARS 2 EU
4
5
MARS 2 USA
5
Cable remote control
6
6
7
7
8
8
36 kHz T1/4
9
9
36 kHz T1/10
A
A
56 kHz T1/4
B
B
56 kHz T1/10
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
EU:
USA:
• any key switches on
• only ON-key switches on
• after 2 seconds off
• after 25 seconds off
Test mode
7.
The jumper settings may only be changed by the customer service.
8.
Do not damage the rubber seal! Close the IR remote control.
TEST
Perform a functional test!
262
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Charging Unit for IR Remote Control
11.3
Charging Unit for IR Remote Control
NOTE
Therefore it is not possible to replace individual parts within the charging unit (except for
the fuse).The complete charging unit must always be replaced if there is a defect.
Removing the fuse:
1.
Separate the charging unit from the mains supply.
2.
Open the charging unit (4 M3 screws).
3.
While it is open, check the fuses and replace where necessary.
Reassembly:
In the reverse order.
TEST
Perform a functional test!
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
263
Components with Serial Number
12
Components with Serial Number
The following MARS 2 operating table components or assemblies can be clearly identified
by their serial numbers:
Pos. Material description
Mat. no.
Tabletop
1
Distribution board MARS 2.0X V2 1454312
2
Drive
1380648
3
Drive
1455285
Column
4
Electronic unit MARS 2.0X
1363367
5
Drive MARS II Tilt
1382042
6
Spindle
1385954
7
Drive
1484234
8
Lift drive (high variant)
1390048
Lift drive (low variant)
1380502
Pipe (high variant)
1381766
Pipe (low variant)
1382151
Drive
1381556
Column (high variant)
1373693
Column (low variant)
1373658
9
10
264
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Components with Serial Number
Pos. Material description
Mat. no.
Running gear
11
Drive MARS
1423931
On every part listed there is a rating plate containing the serial number. When replacing
one of the parts listed here, the serial numbers of the removed and new parts must be
reported to TRUMPF using the “Service Report” form. Fill out the “Service Report” form
completely and send it to TRUMPF Technical Customer Service via fax 2) or e-mail 3)!
TRUMPF requires this information to handle any future customer issues correctly. Caution,
some assemblies contain multiple components with serial numbers. In this case, all
corresponding serial numbers have to be entered in the “Service Report” form. For example,
when replacing the Trendelenburg drive assembly, the serial number of the assembly,
spindle, and the motor must be reported.
The “Service Report” form can be downloaded from our Online Information System. The
password for access to the Online Information System is available from the Service Centre.
Upon completion of work, package the defective part securely and send it back to TRUMPF.
2)
3)
Fax: +49 3671 586–41175
E-mail: Service.med@de.trumpf.com
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
265
Maintenance and Repair
13
Maintenance and Repair
The maintenance intervals for the operating table are as follows:
- First maintenance in the 2nd year of service
- Second maintenance in the 4th year of service
- Annual maintenance from the 5th year of service onwards
Please contact the Technical Customer Service at TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH +
Co. KG or an authorised service partner if you require service.
All maintenance work is to be performed once a year using the maintenance log, taking the
list of components subject to wear (see chapter 13.2 page 268) and the lubrication chart
(see chapter 13.3 page 269) into account! The “maintenance log” can be downloaded
from our online information system. For password access, please contact the TRUMPF
Service Centre.
After completing the maintenance work, fax (fax no. +49 3671 586–41175) or e-mail
(Service.med@de.trumpf.com) a copy of the completed maintenance record to the
Technical Customer Service department of TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG.
13.1
Maintenance protocol contents
This section will give you a brief overview of what is included in the maintenance that will
performed by Technical Customer Service, depending on the device-specific checklists.
Entire system using the service software
1.
Read out systems data
2.
Verification of all audible and visual signals
3.
Verification of the remote control software and hardware
Charger
1.
Visual inspection of housing parts for any damage
2.
Visual inspection of the pictograms for any damage and whether they are easy to read
3.
Verification of charge management
Remote control
266
1.
Visual inspection of housing parts for any damage
2.
Visual inspection of the pictograms for any damage and whether they are easy to read
3.
Verification that all control elements are functioning
4.
Visual inspection of remote control cable connection for any damage
5.
Verification of the battery and the charge manager for the IR remote control
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Maintenance and Repair
Electrical system
1.
Verification that all output and operating elements are functioning
2.
Verification of all sensors in the system
3.
Visual inspection of the keys and displays for any damage
4.
Verification that all control elements are functioning
5.
Verification of the column batteries and the charge manager
6.
Verification of all cables in the operating table for mechanical tensions and damages
(shearing and crushing)
7.
Verification of all conductive and zero-voltage parts of the operating table for electrical
safety
8.
Verification of the functionality and electrical safety of all electrical coupling elements
Mechanical system
1.
Visual inspection of all mechanical components of the operating table
2.
Visual inspection of pictograms for any damage and whether they are easy to read
3.
Verification of padding for damage and make sure they are seated firmly
4.
Verification of column covers
5.
Verification of bellows
6.
Verification of all seals and drive belts in the operating table
7.
Verification of all mechanical coupling elements
8.
Verification that the longitudinal displacement is functioning
9.
Verification that the pedal is functioning
10. Verification that the jacking system is functioning
11. Visual inspection of all Bowden cables for damage
12. Visual inspection of all wheels for damage and that the wheel arch is secure
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
267
Maintenance and Repair
13.2
List of parts subject to wear
CAUTION, pay close attention to assemblies requiring serial numbers, see chapter 12
page 264.
All parts that are subject to wear must be checked as part of regular maintenance work and
replaced when necessary.
With proper use, care and maintenance of the MARS 2 operating table, the following parts
are declared to be high-wear parts:
High-wear part
Replacement
Due to
defect
Every
2 years
Every
4 years
Tabletop
all Standard rails
•
all drive belts
•
all pads
•
all pad sections
•
Column
Batteries
•
Bellows
•
Running gear
268
Jacking unit foot plate
•
Running gear caps
•
Fuses
•
Mains power cable
•
Gas pressure spring
•
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Maintenance and Repair
13.3
Lubrication plan
13.3.1
Tabletop
Pos.
Lubrication point
1 *1 Locking device LD:
bolt, bearing bush, axles,
gear teeth
*1
Lubricant/insertion
PROFI TURBOGREASE
(mat. no. 4150050)  spray
Interval
additional lubrication
2 years
does not apply to MARS 2.01
Pos.
Lubrication point
Lubricant/insertion
Interval
additional lubrication
2
2
2 *1 Linear guidance
TURMOGREASE LC252
2 years
longitudinal displacement (mat. no. 1355874)  with grease gun
(mat. no. 1259074 with pointed nozzle)
approx. 3-4 strokes per lubricating nipple
(4 pieces) until grease comes out from the
guiding carriage; then run a longitudinal
displacement.
*1
does not apply to MARS 2.01
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
269
Maintenance and Repair
13.3.2
Pos.
3
Column
Lubrication point
Guide column
Interval
additional lubrication
Lubricant/insertion
ISOFLEX TOPAS NCA 5051
(mat. no. 4150051)  4 strokes per
lubricating nipple with grease gun (mat.
no. 1259074, with pointed nozzle)
CAUTION: Do not lubricate in the
lowermost stroke position! Raise the
tabletop at least 10 cm!
Perform the lubrication on all sides!
1 year
4
4
270
Push tube guide
PROFI TURBOGREASE
(mat. no. 4150050)  spray
2 years
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Maintenance and Repair
Pos.
5
Lubrication point
Trendelenburg
trapezoidal spindle
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Lubricant/insertion
PROFI TURBOGREASE
(mat. no. 4150050)  spray
Interval
additional lubrication
2 years
271
Maintenance and Repair
13.3.3
Pos.
Running gear
Lubrication point
Interval
additional lubrication
Lubricant/insertion
MARS 2.03 / 2.04 / 2.05 / 2.06 / 2.07 / 2.08 / 2.11
6
6
Jacking drive torque rod
TURMOPLEX L220 (mat. no. 4150047)
 apply with brush
2 years
MARS 2.01 - 2.02
7
7
272
Rest cam
TURMOPLEX L220 (mat. no. 4150047)
 apply with brush
2 years
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
MARS 2 Operating Table
14
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Circuit Diagram
273
MARS 2 Operating Table
274
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Service Information
15
Service Information
TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG provides you with additional important and
up-to-date information about our product range in electronic form on our online
information system.
Only personnel authorized by TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG may receive
electronic access to the online information system. This includes the Technical Customer
Service department of TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG and repair and
maintenance personnel authorized, trained and certified by TRUMPF. For password access,
please contact the TRUMPF Service Centre.
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
275
Service Information
276
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
Service Manual MARS 2 – 1 435 274 – 09/2013
TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH + Co. KG
Carl–Zeiss–Straße 7–9
07318 Saalfeld, Germany
Phone: +49 3671 586–0
E-mail: Service.med@de.trumpf.com
Fax:
+49 3671 586–41175
www.trumpf.com